Demand Side Management for
Climate Change Adaptation for the
Ethiopian Power Sector
Hifab Oy
DSM potential and proposed actions in
Ethiopia
Final Report
Seppo Kärkkäinen
DSM Expert
Petri Tyynismaa
Project Engineer
Date: 26.10.2012
Version: Final
Hifab Oy
Table of Contents
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
FOREWORD
1
2
Introduction to Demand Side Management (DSM) .............................................................................. 7
1.1
Background ................................................................................................................................... 7
1.2
From DSM to DSI in restructured market ..................................................................................... 7
1.3
Implementation of DSM................................................................................................................ 9
1.3.1
Price-based demand response ............................................................................................ 10
1.3.2
Incentive-based (contract-based) demand response ......................................................... 11
1.3.3
Energy efficiency ................................................................................................................. 12
1.4
Drivers for DSM ........................................................................................................................... 13
1.5
Benefits from DSM, drivers to different actors .......................................................................... 14
1.6
Barriers ........................................................................................................................................ 15
DSM-potential ..................................................................................................................................... 15
2.1
What is DSM potential? .............................................................................................................. 15
2.2
Electricity consumption scenario for Ethiopia ............................................................................ 16
2.3
Energy saving potential ............................................................................................................... 18
2.3.1
Residential sector ................................................................................................................ 18
2.3.2
Commercial and industrial sector ....................................................................................... 20
2.3.3
Total estimated savings in next 10 years ............................................................................ 20
2.4
3
Peak load reduction potential..................................................................................................... 21
2.4.1
National load curve vs. customer load curves .................................................................... 21
2.4.2
Peak load reduction through energy saving ....................................................................... 22
2.4.3
Peak load reduction through specific demand response actions ....................................... 23
Alternative DSM actions ..................................................................................................................... 24
3.1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 24
3.2
List of alternative DSM actions in Ethiopian conditions ............................................................. 24
3.2.1
Price-based actions for demand response.......................................................................... 24
Page 3 of 257
Hifab Oy
4
5
3.2.2
Contract-based actions for demand response .................................................................... 25
3.2.3
Actions related energy efficiency........................................................................................ 25
3.3
Feedback to the proposed actions from stakeholders ............................................................... 27
3.4
Recommendations for the DSM actions in Ethiopia ................................................................... 28
Environmental and development impacts .......................................................................................... 29
4.1
CO2-savings ................................................................................................................................. 29
4.2
Development impacts ................................................................................................................. 30
Conclusions ......................................................................................................................................... 31
Appendix 1. Proposal for Launching National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program
Appendix 2. Proposal for Launching Energy Audit Program
Appendix 3. Demand Side Management (DSM) Public Awareness and Education Program
Appendix 4. Statistical analysis of the electricity consumption of Ethiopia for DSM purposes
Page 4 of 257
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The Project “Demand Side Management for Climate Change Adaptation for the Ethiopian Power Sector”
is defined by the Grant Agreement between Nordic Environment Finance Corporation (as funds
administrator with respect to the Nordic Climate Facility Grant) and Hifab Oy (as Grantee). The Project
was implemented between October 2010 and October 2012.
The main implementation partners for this study have been



Ethiopian Energy Agency (EEA) as power sector regulator,
HIFAB Oy as the lead consultant and
Ethiopian Society of Electrical Engineers (ESEE) as the local partner.
Other stakeholders for this project included



the Ethiopian Electric Power Corporation (EEPCo),
the Ministry of Water and Energy, (MWE), which is the umbrella organization for both EEA and
EEPCo, and the
Ministry of Finance and Economic Development (MOFED) through which external grants and
loans are channeled
During the implementation of the Project EEA has been responsible for the communication and
customer education activities, metering installation in co-operation with EEPCo, meter reading and data
collection as well as other local activities like interviews of metered customers. ESEE has been
responsible for the analysis of the monthly consumption data, interviews of residential customers
outside Addis Ababa and they have produced together with EEA the reports on energy audits and
energy efficiency labeling. In addition to the above, EEPCo has produced large number of historical
consumption data of residential, commercial and industrial customers for the use of the Project.
The Project Team thanks all the responsible persons in the above organizations for the support of the
Project and all the persons participated in the implementation of the Project.
Page 5 of 257
Hifab Oy
FOREWORD
This is the final report of the Project “Demand Side Management for Climate Change Adaptation for
the Ethiopian Power Sector”. Previous reports of the Project are:






Petri Tyynismaa, Seppo Kärkkäinen, Metering Plan, 13.2.2011
Seppo Kärkkäinen, Statistical analysis of the electricity consumption of Ethiopia for DSM
purposes, first version 30.5.2012, final version 25.10.2012
Training completion report, Petri Tyynismaa, Seppo Kärkkäinen, 31.8.2012
Demand Side Management (DSM) Public Awareness and Education Program. Drafted by
Ethiopian Electricity Agency (EEA), January 2011
Proposal for Launching National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program, VOL I produced by the
working group of ESEE and EEA, June 2012
Proposal for Launching Energy Audit Program, VOL II produced by the working group of ESEE
and EEA, August 2012
This final report includes firstly the introduction to DSM with the descriptions of the basic ideas in
applying DSM actions into demand response and energy efficiency. Secondly it defines the DSM
potential in Ethiopia on the basis of statistical analyses. Thirdly, the alternative DSM action in
Ethiopian circumstances are described and assessed and the related recommendations are
presented. Finally environmental and development benefits of the proposed DSM actions are
discussed.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 6
Hifab Oy
1 Introduction to Demand Side Management (DSM)
1.1
Background
The electrical infrastructure installed to meet the required demand must be adequate within the
generation, transmission and distribution systems to supply the requirements in a safe, secure and
economical manner. In many regions around the world, the electric power system is becoming overstressed. Peak demand is approaching generation system capacity, boosting electricity costs and
increasing the risk of supply shortages in many regions like in Africa.
Simultaneously there is a significant increase of renewable intermittent generation due to the need
to curb carbon emissions, several countries mainly in Europe are achieving or will achieve in the near
future large penetration of intermittent generation as wind. New operation practices are required to
keep system security whilst keeping an acceptable economic performance of the power system.
Such systems will require a different approach to system flexibility and control where the demand
side will be fully integrated into system operation as a source of flexibility to support the system
operator in dealing with intermittency and keeping the system in balance.
While in the past the terminology dealing with demand side activity was referred to as Demand Side
Management (DSM) and Demand Response (DR), the newer term Demand Side Integration (DSI)
reflects the new approaches to integrating demand flexibility and controllability into the power
system.
1.2 From DSM to DSI in restructured market
Publications on DSM extend back to the 1970’s. A compilation of early technical articles are
organized in /1/ and textbooks on DSM concepts and methods have been published in /2/ and /3/.
Based on observations from interactions with diverse organizations regionally and internationally,
the authors in /4/ note several terminology shifts that have occurred. Among them, Load
Management is increasingly being replaced by the term Demand Response. Energy Efficiency is
commonly being used to refer to Strategic Conservation. Also Flexible Load Shape is being replaced
by the concept of Dynamic Energy Management, which is enabled through dynamic systems.
Despite these terminology shifts, load shaping concepts originally devised in vertically integrated
utility environments are still applicable in restructured environments. Figure 1 associates load shape
objectives in traditional industries with those in restructured industries. Each objective is grouped
into one of the following three categories:
-
Demand Response with the objective of
o
reducing demand peaks, particularly when usage approaches supply limits,
o
filling valleys of off-peak demand to improve load factor,
o
shifting load between times of day or seasons, or
o
Inducting demand variations or desired load shapes determined in operational
timeframes.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 7
Hifab Oy
-
Energy Efficiency with the objective of reducing load levels in the long-run while maintaining
user comfort or level of service
-
Strategic Load Growth with the objective of increasing load level through electrification.
Traditional Industry
(DSM)
Load Management
Figure 1.
Restructured Industry
(DSI)
Demand Response
Peak Clipping
Peak Clipping
Valley Filling
Valley Filling
Load Shifting
Load Shifting
Flexible
Load Shape
Dynamic Energy
Management
Strategic
Conservation
Energy
Efficiency
Strategic
Load Growth
Strategic
Load Growth
Targets for demand side management in traditional vertically integrated industry
and for demand side integration in restructured industry
Demand response is related to load shaping and refers to a set of strategies which can be used in
competitive electricity markets to increase the participation of the demand-side or end-use
customers, in setting prices and clearing the market.
-
When customers are exposed in some way to varying electricity prices, they may respond by
shifting the time of day at which they demand power to an off-peak period, and/or by reducing
their total or peak demand through energy efficiency measures or self-generation. They may
also have the possibility to sell back their loads to the market.
-
Alternatively, they may choose not to respond at all and pay the market price for electricity
instead.
To the extent that they do respond, the profile of demand in the market will be smoothed, which, in
turn, feeds back into prices. This action will clip the peaks significantly and, to a lesser degree, will
lower average prices. The net effect of the demand response is to ease system constraints and to
generate security and economic benefits for the market as a whole.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 8
Hifab Oy
1.3 Implementation of DSM
There are several alternative or complementary ways to affect customer behavior.
Tariffs and pricing are the main factors in a competitive market when trying to affect customers. In
an unbundled electricity market, the customers are affected by two types of tariffs and pricing, both
of which can include components promoting demand side integration. Regulated network tariffs can
include time-of-use (ToU) tariffs to achieve load leveling. Special demand charges are used to
decrease the maximum load and special contracts like ancillary service contracts, where, for
example, load control by the network operator is allowed in special situations.
Competitive or partly regulated retail pricing can include components similar to the network tariffs
above. In spite of that, new types of price based varying tariffs have been developed with the goal of
transparent pricing that reflects the costs like real-time pricing (usually spot price based so that
hourly prices are known one day before). These are discussed in more details below.
Demand response can be classified according to the way load changes are triggered /5/:

Price-based demand response refers to changes in usage by customers in response to
changes in the prices they pay: it includes real-time pricing, critical-peak pricing, and time-ofuse rates. If the price differentials between hours or time periods are significant, customers
can respond to the price structure with significant changes in energy use, reducing their
electricity bills if they adjust the timing of their electricity usage to take advantage of lowerpriced periods and/or avoid consuming when prices are higher. Customers’ load use
modifications are entirely voluntary.

Incentive-based (contract-based) demand response refers to programs proposed by
utilities, load serving entities, or a regional grid operator, and based on special contract with
the customers. These programs give customers load reduction incentives that are separate
from, or additional to, their retail electricity rate, which may be fixed (based on average
costs) or time-varying. The load reductions are needed and requested either when the grid
operator thinks reliability conditions are compromised or when prices are too high. Most
demand response programs specify a method for establishing customers’ baseline energy
consumption level. Hence, observers can measure and verify the magnitude of their load
response. Some demand response programs penalize customers that enroll but fail to
respond or fulfill their contractual commitments when events are declared.
Demand side management options can therefore be deployed at all timescales of electricity system
management (see Figure 2 below /6/): they have to be coordinated with pricing and commitment
mechanisms appropriate for the timescale of their commitment or dispatch.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 9
Hifab Oy
Figure 2.
Role of Demand Response in Electric System Planning and Operations
In more details the basic alternatives in these options can be described as follows although there
exists also additional variations.
In spite of demand response Figure 2 refers also energy efficiency as a long-term action in
implementing DSM.
1.3.1
Price-based demand response

Time-of-use (TOU): a rate with different unit prices for usage during different blocks of time,
usually defined for a 24 hour day. TOU rates reflect the average cost of generating and
delivering power during those time periods.

Real-time pricing (RTP): a rate in which the price for electricity typically fluctuates hourly
reflecting changes in the wholesale price of electricity. Customers are typically notified of
RTP prices on a day-ahead or hour-ahead basis.

Critical Peak Pricing (CPP): CPP rates are a hybrid of the TOU and RTP design. The basic rate
structure is TOU. However, provision is made for replacing the normal peak price with a
much higher CPP event price under specified trigger conditions (e.g., when system reliability
is compromised or supply prices are very high).
In spite of normal time-of-use pricing (TOU) there exist also lot of experiences on real-time pricing
(RTP, usually spot based) and on critical-peak pricing (CPP) especially at large commercial and
industrial customers. The basic pricing alternatives are given in the next figures.
Figure 3 shows the principles of TOU and CPP. Critical Peak Pricing (CPP) is an overlay on either TOU
or flat pricing. CPP can use real-time prices at times of extreme system peak. CPP is restricted to a
small number of hours per year, is much higher than a normal peak price, and its timing is unknown
ahead of being called.
Real-Time Pricing (RTP) links hourly or half-hourly prices to corresponding changes in the day-of
(real-time) or day-ahead cost of power. Figure 4 shows the basic alternatives of RTP: one option is
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 10
Hifab Oy
‘one-part’ pricing, in which all usage is priced at the hourly, or spot price. A second approach is ‘twopart’ pricing. Two-part RTP designs include a historical baseline for customer usage, layered with
hourly prices only for marginal usage above or below the baseline. Customers thus see market prices
only at the margin.
Figure 3.
Principles of Time-of-Use (TOU) and Critical Peak Pricing (CPP) /7/
Figure 4.
Two alternative way of real-time pricing (RTP) /7/
It has to be noted that the price-based demand response is totally voluntary: it is the decision of the
customer to react or not to price changes although in some cases some customer automation can be
used to provide the response automatically.
1.3.2
Incentive-based (contract-based) demand response

Direct load control: a program by which the program operator remotely shuts down or
cycles a customer’s electrical equipment (e.g. air conditioner, water heater, space heating)
on short notice. Direct load control programs are primarily offered to residential or small
commercial customers.

Interruptible/curtailable (I/C) service: curtailment options integrated into retail tariffs that
provide a rate discount or bill credit for agreeing to reduce load during system
contingencies. Penalties maybe assessed for failure to curtail. Interruptible programs have
traditionally been offered only to the largest industrial (or commercial) customers.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 11
Hifab Oy

Demand Bidding/Buyback Programs: customers offer bids to curtail based on wholesale
electricity market prices or an equivalent. Mainly offered to large customers (e.g., one
megawatt [MW] and over).

Emergency Demand Response Programs: programs that provide incentive payments to
customers for load reductions during periods when reserve shortfalls arise.

Capacity Market Programs: customers offer load curtailments as system capacity to replace
conventional generation or delivery resources. Customers typically receive day-of notice of
events. Incentives usually consist of up-front reservation payments, and face penalties for
failure to curtail when called upon to do so.

Ancillary Services Market Programs: customers bid load curtailments in ISO/RTO markets as
operating reserves. If their bids are accepted, they are paid the market price for committing
to be on standby. If their load curtailments are needed, they are called by the ISO/RTO, and
may be paid the spot market energy price.
1.3.3
Energy efficiency
Energy efficiency is a long term action aiming to reduce the energy use of appliances, buildings,
processes in industry etc. It is mainly based either on the investments in new appliances and
processes or in increased energy efficiency in existing systems. Because it is mainly based on
investments, the achieved results are permanent and do not depend on the behavior of customers
like in the case of demand response. As a result of energy efficiency also the peak load is reduced.
One part of improving energy efficiency is, however, also the customer behavior. In this connection
the customer information is important. It can be

Feedback from the utility to customers based on measured consumption and special
analysis/comparison to other similar customers + hints on efficient use of energy. This is
important, especially to small customers.

General information on energy efficient appliances and use of energy given by utilities,
energy agencies and governmental bodies
Figure 5 shows in principle the distribution of energy efficiency of the appliances in the market. The
whole mass of appliances includes both very inefficient and efficient appliances. The aim of energy
efficiency actions is to get the inefficient appliances out from the market. One way to achieve this is
to set up minimum standards to the energy efficiency and apply labeling to inform customers on
the efficiency of appliances. Other means are to effect on the market and in long term research and
development of new technologies.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 12
Hifab Oy
Figure 5.
Distribution function of the energy efficiency of the appliances in the market
Figure 6.
The possibilities to effect market penetration of new technologies
One part in energy efficiency actions is to speed up the market penetration of new technologies by
effecting on the market. Figure 6 shows some alternative actions:
1. The decrease the barrier to market entry (by technical requirements etc.)
2. To increase the market penetration (demonstrations, information, incentives, minimum
standards, labeling)
3. The increase of market potential (strategic marketing etc.)
The main actors in implementing energy efficiency actions in the market are usually energy agencies,
standard organizations and governmental bodies.
1.4 Drivers for DSM
Some drivers are necessary to promote DSM growth, such as:
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 13
Hifab Oy

Environmental drivers: where the focus is on reducing overall energy and greenhouse gas
emissions.

System stability drivers: where the increasing use of non-controllable generation such as
renewable energy sources (RES-E: solar, wind, etc.) and CHP increase the need for DSI for
balancing purposes

Network drivers: based on solving network constraints by adding generating capacity or demand
resources.

Social benefit drivers: efficiency in use.

Enabling technologies drivers: several initiatives show how technology significantly improves
demand side management.
1.5 Benefits from DSM, drivers to different actors
Large number of actors in the electricity market can derive benefits from demand side management.
Policy-makers or regulators can increase system security, improve economic efficiency through
reduced market prices and protect the environment, although not all demand side integration
measures are beneficial to the environment (use of back-up diesels for demand response).
Market operators’ benefits are related to the lowering of market prices (for customer benefit), the
decrease in the market power of big players and thus increased credibility of the market, and to the
development new products for the market.
A system operator or transmission system operator (TSO) can use demand response for system
balancing (regulating power market in many cases), to manage intermittency in systems with high
wind penetration, for handling disturbances in generation and in the transmission system (auxiliary
services), for preventing blackouts and restoration from blackouts, for handling bottlenecks in
transmission and for better use of existing generation and transmission capacity.
A distribution network operator (DSO) is able to handle network bottlenecks during the peak load
period and to better utilise network capacity by using demand response. In addition, demand side
integration helps to decrease the problems caused by distributed generation (especially intermittent
generation: wind, solar, combined heat and power (CHP) production), to increase the quality of
supply (voltage etc) and finally, to meet the requirements of regulators and energy policy.
Traders, suppliers and retailers benefit in risk management and hedging in the electricity market, in
developing new products and services for customers, and in developing new businesses (like acting
as aggregators between customers and electricity market).
Customers get their own economic benefits. For example, they can better react to tariffs, prices or
other incentives and they get economic benefits from trading loads. All in all, demand side
management improves system reliability and the environment.
For manufacturers the benefits are related to development of new ICT, smart metering and
automation products for the needs of demand side integration.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 14
Hifab Oy
1.6 Barriers
Large number of barriers exists for the development and implementation of DSM. The introduction
of competition and unbundling of different activities increases the number of barriers. New
innovative solutions are needed overcome these barriers. The barriers can be grouped as follows.




Technical barriers
o
lack of suitable and cost effective technology to control and monitor
o
lack of / high costs of AMR
o
quick changes in technologies, when is the best time to invest?
o
technologies and information systems are difficult to integrate
o
lack of standardization of interfaces in metering plus communication
Structural barriers
o
fragmented market, difficult to achieve win-win situation
o
lack of new types of actors
o
no access to market of small customers
o
lack of business models for aggregating and utilizing DR
Legal barriers
o
lack of an adequate regulatory frameworks
o
restricted business possibilities for DSOs
Lack of awareness / Ignorance
o


Customers are not aware of their demand flexibility
Financial / Economical
o
the lack of understanding of the financial benefits of DSM
o
no economic incentives for demand management exist as with renewable energy,
energy efficiency and other energy areas
o
Affordability of new efficient technologies
Traditional
o
the belief that the Demand Side is not as reliable as Generators when it comes to
the provision of System services
o
lack of knowledge at customers
o
resistance to unfamiliar appliances/technologies
2 DSM-potential
2.1 What is DSM potential?
Theoretically, almost all electricity consumption is flexible, if the electricity price is high enough:
potential for DSM is huge!
In practice, potential depends on how it is defined:
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 15
Hifab Oy



Technical potential: the amount of savings that would be realized if all eligible customers
adopted DSM measure(s) without regard to economic or market barriers. A simple example of
DR technical potential is the amount of demand reduction that would occur if all residential
customers with electric hot water storage signed up for a direct load control program that
covered residential hot water storages.
Economic potential: the amount of technical potential that would be realized from DSM
measures that meet a specified economic criterion. Such economic criteria can, for ex., be a
positive net present value or a customer payback period of a given number of years or less.
Market or achievable potential: the amount of savings that could realistically be achieved by an
actual DSM program over a certain period of time.
Estimation of the potential always depends on many factors, and is not easy to define. It has to be
defined case by case (for different customer segments and end-uses) as can be seen from the
subsection 2.3.
In defining DSM potential, at least the following things must be known:






The customer load curves on hourly or half-hourly basis (for typical customer classes). These are
based on the statistical analysis of data from hourly or half-hourly meters.
The equipment and processes at customers. This is based on the customer surveys.
The use of equipment and processes. Data sources for this are customer surveys and special
measurements of the use of equipment.
What is the energy saving and control possibilities of the equipment and processes? This can be
defined on the basis the analysis of survey data, modeling of equipment and processes and
technology assessment of end-use equipment.
The number of customers at different customer classes
The load curves at network and system level and how different types of customers effect on
these load curves. This can be based on the measurements at networks and modeling of loads in
networks and in the whole electricity system.
In this study most of the steps in defining DSM potential were carried out on the basis of half-hourly
measurements, analysis of consumptions data and customers surveys. The statistical analysis of
consumption and surveys is described in the separate report /8/.
2.2 Electricity consumption scenario for Ethiopia
Table 1 shows the historical consumption of the recent years of different consumer groups. The
annual growths have been in domestic sector 8.5 %, in commercial 7.6 %, in LV industry 11.0 % and
in HV industry 7.4 %. If these same load growths are used also for the next 10 years, the scenario
presented in Table 2 is obtained.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 16
Hifab Oy
Electricity consumption in 2006/07 - 2010/11 /9/
Energy consumption(GWh)
Annual growth
2006/07
2007/08
2008/09
1.085
Domestic
1060
1029
1178
1.076
Commercial
703
732
737
Street light
48
42
23
1.11
Industry LV
525
608
612
1.074
Industry HV
453
531
575
Own consumption
9
22
5
Losses
523
583
571
1.081
Total generation
3321
3547
3701
Yearly growths
6.8 %
4.3 %
Table 1.
2009/10
1190
813
26
713
509
11
730
3992
7.9 %
2010/11
1472
940
29
794
600
6
1139
4980
24.7 %
Table 2.
Scenario for the electricity consumption in Ethiopia during the next 10 years
Domestic
Commercial
Street light
Industry LV
Industry HV
Own consumption
Losses
Total generation
2012
1597
1011
40
881
644
10
1046
5230
2013
1733
1088
40
978
692
10
1135
5677
2014
1880
1171
40
1086
743
10
1233
6163
2015
2040
1260
40
1205
798
10
1338
6692
2016
2213
1356
40
1338
857
10
1454
7268
2017
2402
1459
40
1485
921
10
1579
7895
2018
2606
1570
40
1648
989
10
1716
8578
2019
2827
1689
40
1830
1062
10
1865
9323
2020
3067
1817
40
2031
1141
10
2027
10133
2021
3328
1955
40
2255
1225
10
2203
11017
2022
3611
2104
40
2502
1316
10
2396
11979
Figure 7 shows the summary of the historical electricity consumption in 2006/07 – 2010/11 and
estimated consumption during the next 10 years. Also the consumptions of different consumer
segments are given. Demand scenario is based on the assumption that the consumption increases
annually as in 2006 – 2011.
The scenario is used in explaining the effects of the DSM action to the consumption. It is not real
demand forecast and it is not that important if the scenario is right or not, but it just gives the
framework where to compare the DSM actions.
Figure 7.
Historical electricity consumption 2006/2007 – 2010/2011 and estimated
consumption for 2012 2022
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 17
Hifab Oy
2.3 Energy saving potential
2.3.1
Residential sector
On the basis of the interviews over 1000 residential customers, the rough shares of different main
end-uses were defined. Figure 8 show the main result.
Figure 8.
The shares of main end-use segments in residential consumption /8/
The shares of end-uses were defined in the future scenario are defined assuming that the shares are
same as today. This assumption seems to be reasonable on the basis that the demand growth
includes two components:


existing customers where the penetration of end-uses increase and
newly electrified customers where the shares of most end-uses are low.
As a result of that the annual consumption per customer does not increase much and also the shares
of different end-use segments don’t change dramatically.
Table 3 and Figure 9 show the scenario for the residential consumption as a part of the total
consumption scenario (Table 2 and Figure 7).
Table 3.
The scenario for the development of residential consumption in GWh
Total residential
lighting
cooking
cold
entertainment
others
2012
1597
668
195
216
232
286
2013
1733
725
212
234
251
310
2014
1880
787
230
254
273
336
2015
2040
854
249
276
296
365
2016
2213
926
271
299
321
396
2017
2402
1005
294
325
348
430
2018
2606
1090
319
353
378
466
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
2019
2827
1183
346
382
410
506
2020
3067
1284
375
415
445
549
2021
3328
1393
407
450
483
596
2022
3611
1511
441
489
524
646
Page 18
Hifab Oy
Figure 9.
Consumption in residential sector and in different end-use segments
On the basis of questionnaires and customer metering, the main DSM potential in residential sectors
can be found from lighting, cooking and cold appliances. The main actions related to these were
defined by the project group as follows (see later Chapter 3):



all incandescent lamps are replaced by CFLs in 10 years
all big (over 3000 W) injera baking stoves are replaced by more efficient 1500 W stoves
labeling of cold appliances results in new appliances in the saving of 100 kWh/appliance. 50
% of appliances are following the labeling advice in 10 years (all new + most of the replaces
appliances; the average age of the present cold appliances is 5 years and the life times is
usually less than 15 years)
Table 4 shows the estimated results of these actions (market potential).
Table 4.
Estimated energy savings in residential sector
Savings in GWh/a
in residential sector
All incascandent changed
All injera stoves > 3000 W to 1500 W
Labelling, 100 kWh/a saving with new cold equipment
Total in residential
Savings in % of total residential consumption
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
59.3
8.8
5.8
73.9
4.3 %
118.7
17.5
11.6
147.8
7.9 %
178.0
26.3
17.4
221.8
10.9 %
237.4
35.0
23.3
295.7
13.4 %
296.7
43.8
29.1
369.6
15.4 %
356.1
52.6
34.9
443.5
17.0 %
415.4
61.3
40.7
517.4
18.3 %
474.8
70.1
46.5
591.4
19.3 %
534.1
78.8
52.3
665.3
20.0 %
593.5
87.6
58.1
739.2
20.5 %
In addition to the above also some additional savings can be achieved by labeling of other appliances
and by information on the use of appliances, but these are not included in these potential estimates.
One important factor here is the stand-by consumption of appliances. This can be decreased by the
information of customers (switch-off of TVs by button on TV, not by remote control, disconnecting
of mobile phone and other chargers from the network when not used). In many countries there are
also so-called 1 W-programs where the stand-by power of appliances is limited to 1 W.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 19
Hifab Oy
There are also trends in TVs to move from CRTs to LCDs or plasmas which probably will increase the
consumption although the TV technology is developing to more efficient products.
2.3.2
Commercial and industrial sector
In industry and commercial/public sector the theoretical potential for energy saving is high, typically
10 – 30 %. On the other hand, especially in industry, the pay-back times for investments are quite
short, typically in private industry 1 - 3 years, which decreases the market potential considerable.
The required investments have also to be planned more individually than in mass market of
residential sector.
On the basis of the above the main proposed action in industrial and commercial sector is related to
the energy audits. The estimation of savings is based on the similar actions in Finland since 1992.
In Finland after 15 years (1992-2007) energy audit the average 0.7 TWh annual savings are reported.
75 % of these savings (0.525 TWh) are in small and medium size industry and 25 % (0.175 TWh) in
commercial and public sector. These correspond about 2.6 % annual energy saving in industrial
sector and 1.2 % in commercial and public sectors. In Ethiopia the saving potential is probably higher
due to the different starting point. Therefore the saving potential is estimated to be 50 % higher, i.e.
3.9 % in industry and 1.8 % in commercial and public sector in 2022.
The next Table 5 shows the estimated annual energy savings assuming that the savings are each year
10 % from the total savings in 2022.
Table 5.
Estimated energy savings in industrial and commercial sector on the basis of
energy audits.
Energy savings in GWh/a
In industry
In commercial sector
Total industrial and commercial
Savings in % from total ind. and comm.
2.3.3
2013
15.0
3.8
18.9
0.7 %
2014
30.1
7.7
37.7
1.3 %
2015
45.1
11.5
56.6
1.7 %
2016
60.1
15.3
75.5
2.1 %
2017
75.2
19.2
94.4
2.4 %
2018
90.2
23.0
113.2
2.7 %
2019
105.2
26.8
132.1
2.9 %
2020
120.3
30.7
151.0
3.0 %
2021
135.3
34.5
169.8
3.1 %
2022
150.3
38.4
188.7
3.2 %
Total estimated savings in next 10 years
Table 6 shows the total estimated savings based on the above assumptions. It has to be noted that
these savings include only the savings which has been quantitatively estimated on the basis of
described DSM actions. In addition to these there are several other additional actions described in
Chapter 3, which cannot easily quantitatively assessed, but can have considerable saving potential.
The table shows that the annual savings in 2022 are 928 GWh corresponding 7.7 % of the generation
or 9.7 % of the consumption in 2022.
If the 2022 savings are compared to the consumption in
2012, the savings are 22.2 %.
Table 6.
Estimated savings based on DSM actions in 2013-2022
Savings in GWh/a
In residential sector
all incascandent bulbs changed
all injeras > 3000 W to 1500 W
labelling, 100 kWh/a saving with new cold equipment
Total in residential
in industry
in commercial sector
Total in indusrial and commercial sector
Total savings
Total savings in % of total generation
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
59
9
6
74
15
4
19
93
1.6 %
119
18
12
148
30
8
38
186
3.0 %
178
26
17
222
45
12
57
278
4.2 %
237
35
23
296
60
15
75
371
5.1 %
297
44
29
370
75
19
94
464
5.9 %
356
53
35
444
90
23
113
557
6.5 %
415
61
41
517
105
27
132
650
7.0 %
475
70
47
591
120
31
151
742
7.3 %
534
79
52
665
135
35
170
835
7.6 %
593
88
58
739
150
38
189
928
7.7 %
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 20
Hifab Oy
2.4 Peak load reduction potential
2.4.1
National load curve vs. customer load curves
One important objective of DSM actions is to reduce peak loads either in the whole electricity
system to decrease the peak load generation capacity or at regional or local networks to avoid
outages due to the constraints in the networks. The network losses in Ethiopian system are very high
in average (over 20 %), and during peak loads they can be considerable higher because the losses are
depending on the square of the network current. This means that peak load reduction decreases
also the average losses.
Figure 10 shows the typical national load curve for Saturday. The working day load curve is probably
very similar having two peak load period: the first at noon 11 am – 2 pm and the other in the
evening 7 – 9 pm. Situation in most networks is probably very similar. This means that DSM actions
aiming to reduce peak loads have to be allocated to these periods.
Figure 10.
Typical national load curve for Saturday /10/
Comparing the national load curve with the typical load curves of residential and some industrial and
commercial/public customers defined in /8/ it can be noted that
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 21
Hifab Oy


At residential customers, the noon peak is about between 11 am and 0:30 pm and evening
peak between 7:30 and 10:00 pm which means that these peaks contribute directly to the
national peaks. These two peaks are also almost the same in kilowatts. The noon peak is
mainly contributed by cooking appliances and evening peak by lighting and entertainment
appliances.
Most of the considered industrial and commercial/public customers had peak loads about at
noon increasing directly the national peak load; some customers like restaurants have
evening peak which contributes directly to national evening peak. On the other hand it has
to be noted, that although most of the peak loads of the industrial and commercial/public
customers don’t coincident with the national evening peak they still can have considerable
consumption also during the evening peak.
The two main actions to reduce the peak loads are


energy saving in appliances which decreases also the peak load if the appliances are in use
during the peaks and
specific demand response action aiming to decrease consumption during the peak loads.
These are shortly discussed in the following.
2.4.2
Peak load reduction through energy saving
Considering the energy saving actions in residential sector (Table 4), it can be noted that



Injera baking stoves are in use during the noon peak and may be partly during the evening
peak,
the lighting contributes to the evening peak and
cold appliances to both peaks.
Very rough estimations of these savings to the peak loads are the following:
The estimated energy savings in the year 2022 by replacing the all incandescent bulbs with CFLs are
593.5 GWh (Table 4). According to the interviews the average use time of these lamps is 5.2
hours/day or 1900 hours/year. Average evening peak reduction is 593.5 GWh/1900 h = 312 MW.
This might be a little bit overestimated because some bulbs are used also daytime, but it gives a
rough estimate for the year 2022.
The energy savings of injera baking stoves are estimated to 87.6 GWh in the year 2022. If it is
estimated that half of this is obtained during one hour between 11:00 pm and 12 pm, the estimated
peak load reduction of the noon peak is 43.8 GWh/365 h = 120 MW.
Cold appliances are in use 24 hours/day. Estimated energy saving in the year 2022 is 58 GWh
resulting in the reduction of both noon and evening peaks 58 GWh/8760 h = 6.6 MW.
In industrial and commercial sectors the estimated energy savings due to the energy audits are 188.7
GWh in the year 2022. It is difficult to estimate how these savings are distributed during the day. If it
is assumed that 2/3 of savings (125 GWh) are during day-time (from 8 am to 5 pm) and Mon – Sat (9
hours per day in 6 days/week), the estimated reduction of noon peak is 125 GWh/(313 x 9 h) = 44
MW.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 22
Hifab Oy
2.4.3
Peak load reduction through specific demand response actions
On the basis of the Chapter 1 the main demand response actions in Ethiopian circumstances could
be
 price-based actions like time-of-use (TOU) pricing
 contract-based actions like direct load control or other contract-based requests for demand
response
Demand response presumes that customers have flexibility in the use of electricity, which means
that some end-uses are not critical in a certain time of the day, and can be postponed, replaces by
other fuels or use energy from energy storage.
At the residential customers such kind of end-uses can be cooking when replacing electricity with
other fuels and hot water production using other fuels instead of electricity or using hot water from
the hot water storage during the peak load period.



If TOU-tariffs are applied with high enough difference between high-price and low-price
periods, this could change the customer behavior to the right direction. However, this
means needs for new metering which is not realistic in the short term at least for large
number of residential customers – may be it can be applied to smaller number of large
customers.
Another pricing possibility is to limit the peak power of the customers by relay which
switches off the electricity supply if the load is over the predefined value. Customer should
get specific discount if he accept this limitation. This is cheaper alternative than the
replacing the meter to allow TOU-tariffs.
Third alternative at residential customers could be the load control of hot water production.
This could be applied to customers who have heat storages (over 50 liters). This also requires
special technology to control loads remotely or locally based on clocks which switch off heat
storages during the peak load periods. Special contract with incentives to customers should
be applied.
The quantitative potential of the above actions cannot be estimated on the basis of the present
information. However the penetration rate of electric heating in hot water production is according
to the interviews about 34 % outside Addis Ababa and 38 % in Addis Ababa (although alternative
fuels were also available). Especially in Addis Ababa heat storage over 50 liters were common (over
70 %). This means good potential for direct load control, although numerical values cannot be given.
Especially in areas where there are network constraints, this method could be applied.
In Industrial and commercial/public customers the direct load control cannot be used usually,
because this kind of customers doesn’t want that somebody controls their processes. However, they
have some flexibility in the processes if that is economically feasible, and they even can invest to the
flexibility like energy storages, if the pay-back times are short enough.

The main demand response action is the application of innovative pricing, especially TOUtariffs. In large customers the changing the meters is possible and not that costly compared
to the electricity bills,
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 23
Hifab Oy


Another possibility in pricing is to apply demand charges which increase if the contracted
peak load (or fuse size) increases. In this case customers themselves can limit their peak
loads for ex. by automatic programmable current limiters.
In Ethiopia the outages in electricity supply are quite common as was also noted in the
analysis of questionnaires. This means that many large customers have their own standby
diesels to secure the electricity supply during the outages. One possibility could be to have
special contract with this kind of customers that they use their diesel plants for their own
supply during the critical network conditions. This way the network load could be reduced
and the black-outs of all customers could be avoided in that specific network.
The quantitative analysis of the peak load reduction potential at industrial and commercial/public
customers cannot be defined due to the large variety of customer types and lack of information on
the energy use processes at customers. This knowledge will gradually increase, if the energy audit
programs are applied to these customers.
3 Alternative DSM actions
3.1 Introduction
The Chapter 1 of this report gives the general framework to the DSM actions including three main
categories:



price-based demand response aiming to affect the behavior of customers during the peak
load periods,
the incentive or contract based demand response to decrease customers’ load on the basis
of special contracts and
Energy efficiency related actions to increase energy efficiency of appliances in the market
and to increase the customer knowledge on energy efficiency.
Demand-response actions are usually utility-based and energy efficiency actions non-utility based
although utilities may have in some actions also dominant role.
In Chapter 2 the DSM potential was assessed on the basis of the energy use of different appliances
taking into account the load curves of some customer groups and the system load. This assessment
was already partly based on the obvious DSM actions related to the specific end-uses in residential
sector and electricity use in industry and commercial/public sector.
In this chapter the alternative DSM actions are listed and shortly described. Parts of them were
assessed in the workshop with the Ethiopian stakeholders in 17th of August, 2012, and the results of
this feedback are given. Finally the recommended DSM actions are given.
3.2 List of alternative DSM actions in Ethiopian conditions
3.2.1
Price-based actions for demand response
Innovative pricing (tariffs) to promote DSM like


time-of-use tariffs for large customers (needs new metering)
demand charges depending on the contracted power for large customers (depending for ex.
on fuse sizes)
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 24
Hifab Oy


3.2.2
demand limiting switches for small and medium size customers
in longer term more complicated tariff structures when smart metering is applied
Contract-based actions for demand response
Load control of hot water heat storages


remote load control by EEPCO or
local control based on clocks and relays to switch of heating during peak load periods
Special contract is needed to give incentives to customers who will accept load control.
Utilization of customers’ standby generators


3.2.3
To have special a contract with the owners of standby generators that they use their diesel
plants for their own supply during the critical network conditions. This way the network load
could be reduced and the black-outs of all customers could be avoided in that specific
network.
This can be done automatically by remote switching the customer from the network or by
telephone/SMS messages to ask the customers to switch off his supply for a certain time
period
Actions related energy efficiency
Loans or funds to customers for EE equipment

These can be low-interest loans from banks or for ex. from EEPCO which are paid back as a
part of electricity bill on the basis of reduced bill due to the increased energy efficiency
Special campaigns for EE equipment (like CFLs)



EEPCO has had this kind of campaigns for free and subsidized price for CFLs.
Replacing incandescent bulbs with CFLs is important action both from the energy savings
and peak load reduction point of view.
The ultimate goal would be the ban of incandescent bulbs in longer term (in ten years?)
Application of Integrated Resource Planning (IRP)



This is the planning process of utilities, where investments to generation, networks and
customer side are compared on equal basis and most profitable investments are selected.
It is quite a heavy process which is specially applied in USA to vertically integrated utilities
like EEPCO.
In spite of DSM it can be applied to the allocation of CO2-releases
Labeling and EE standards for certain appliances


With the minimum standards the most inefficient appliances can be rejected from the
market.
Labeling tells to the buyers of the appliances the class of energy efficiency advising him to
select the more efficient appliances.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 25
Hifab Oy

According the questionnaires the most benefits can be achieved at the moment in cold
appliances and cooking appliances, especially in injera baking stoves due to the high
penetration rates of these appliances.
Energy Audits in industry and commercial/public sectors


This is a typical procedure in many countries at large customers to find the most effective
goals for the investments to energy efficiency.
The audits have to be done individually by authorized auditors
Development of Energy Service Companies (ESCOs) business


ESCOs are usually private companies investing in EE improvements and sharing benefits with
the customer
Usually banks or other financers are part of the contract with ESCO and the customer.
Harmonizing the licensing/certifications of professionals in the field of building electric
installations

In many countries the installation personnel need certicate which can be obtained through
special examination. Energy efficiency training can be part of the training.
Energy efficiency campaigns and information to general public


This is a long-term process to educate people on efficient use of electricity.
It is usually done by energy agencies and/or utilities
Voluntary agreements on energy efficiency with industry and public sector


Customers (or some customer organisation like trade alliances) and governmental side make
an agreement on the energy saving targets, to which customers are committed.
The progress is reported annually and may be also some incentives can be included, it
targets are reached).
Development of energy saving fund for subsidies/grants/rebates for energy efficiency projects


The financing of energy efficiency projects and investments is often problematic especially in
the case investments with long pay-back times
Energy saving fund is a special fund collecting money for these purposes. The sources of
money can for ex. be
o additional fee in electricity prices or
o special energy tax (or part of tax) earmarked to the Fund
Demonstration of new technologies

The penetration of new technologies can be improved with demonstration projects showing
the benefits.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 26
Hifab Oy

They can be developed by different organizations like utilities, energy agencies, universities,
customers and the financing can come for ex. from the State as a part of R&D financing or
from the energy saving fund.
Tax reductions for EE investments

These are usually applied either to income taxes or to VAT
Information on EE/DSM in energy bills



This is a common activity in many countries from utilities.
The electricity bill includes information on the historical development of the electricity use
of the customer and comparison to the average consumption of similar customers.
The bill can also include some hints on the efficient use of energy
Energy efficiency advice centers



These are the centers where residential customers can get information on the efficient use
of electricity and have efficient appliances available.
They can locate for ex. in different service centers of EEPCO and the information material
can be produced by EEA.
In many cases these centers can also borrow special energy meters to customers so that
they for ex. can follow the energy consumption refrigerators etc.
Development of energy efficiency brand to increase the awareness on energy efficiency and to
make it attractive to customers


This is a long-term process where several stakeholders like manufacturers, utilities, energy
agencies and governmental bodies take part.
It is also related to the information campaigns to public.
3.3 Feedback to the proposed actions from stakeholders
The above list was given to the participants of the stakeholders’ workshop arranged on 17 th of
August. Participants were asked to rank the importance of the different actions from 1 to 5 where 5
is the most important. Unfortunately only 12 participants from 35 stakeholders gave the feedback
and the results are summarized in Table 7.
Most of the actions were seen important (importance 4 or more) and differences between different
actions were quite small. The development of energy saving fund has the highest rank, innovative
pricing the second highest and energy efficiency campaigns and information to public was ranked to
third highest. The lowest in ranking were load control of heat storages and the utilization of the
stand-by generators of customers.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 27
Hifab Oy
Table 7.
Summary from the feedback of the stakeholders
Average
Name of the action
importance
Load control of heat storages
3.30
Utilization of customers’ standby generators
2.78
Innovative pricing (tariffs) to promote DSM
4.45
Loans to customers for EE equipment
3.80
Special campaigns for EE equipment (like CFLs)
3.80
Application of Integrated Resource Planning (IRP)
4.00
Labeling and EE standards
4.09
Energy Audits in industry and commercial/public sectors
3.92
Development of Energy Service Companies (ESCOs) business
4.00
Harmonizing the licensing/certifications of professionals in the field of building electric installations
3.92
Energy efficiency campaigns and information to general public
4.30
Voluntary agreements on EE with industry and public sector
4.10
Development of energy saving fund (by additional tariffs or by energy taxation) for subsidies/grants/rebatts or EE projects
4.56
Demonstration of new technologies
4.08
Tax reductions for EE investments
4.11
Information on EE/DSM in energy bills
3.67
Energy efficiency advice centers
4.00
Development of EE brand
3.88
Ranking
17
18
2
14
14
8
6
11
8
11
3
5
1
7
4
16
8
13
3.4 Recommendations for the DSM actions in Ethiopia
Table 7 indicates that the large numbers of DSM actions are seen important by the stakeholders. On
the other hand, the analysis of DSM potential indicates actions which are directed to the specific
end-uses which have largest impact from the energy efficiency and peak load reduction point of
view. Combining these with the experience of the project group, the following six actions are
prioritized in short term:
1. To continue actions related to the lighting, because energy saving and demand reduction
potential is high in this end-use segment especially in residential but also in commercial/public
sector. In European Union and in some other countries incandescent bulbs are banned. CFLs
can replace them and also LED-lighting is developing very rapidly and is competitive with CFLs
in the near future. Therefore the project group proposes to start the actions to ban
incandescent bulbs also in Ethiopia in next 5 – 10 years.
2. To start developing the energy labeling and minimum energy efficiency standard program in
Ethiopia. The focus should be in the beginning in the appliances which have largest energy
saving potential like cold appliances and cooking appliances (including injera baking stoves). A
more detailed plan for labeling is given in the separate report as an Appendix 1.
3. To start developing energy audit activities in industrial and commercial/public sector. This is
the most efficient first step in these sectors to analyze the needs for investments to energy
efficiency. The first step is to develop framework for energy audits including training of
auditors, which can come from private sector, financial support for audits etc. A more detailed
proposal for energy audits is given in the separate report as an Appendix 2.
4. To start developing and testing more innovative pricing to large customers (mainly industrial
and commercial/public sector). The time-of-use pricing could include high-price periods during
peak loads situations at noon and in the evening. Another alternative is to try to decrease high
peak loads by demand charges and/or with demand limiting switches.
5. To start developing energy saving fund for financing different energy efficiency projects like
demonstrations of new technologies, and activities like energy audits. The financing of the
fund is usually based on state budget, special energy taxes or incremental increase of tariffs.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 28
Hifab Oy
6. To continue and improve the information on energy efficiency to general public. This activity
was planned by EEA and is included as an Appendix 3. This can include also the establishment
of energy efficiency advice centers and electricity consumption feedback to customers as a
part of electricity bill.
In addition to these prioritized actions some additional actions can be developed in longer term: in
industrial and commercial/public sectors the development of private ESCO-business and voluntary
agreements on energy savings are recommendable actions. If the needs for peak load reduction are
critical especially in certain parts of the networks, the load control of hot water heat storages and
utilizing the standby diesels of customers can be tested and developed for practical use.
4 Environmental and development impacts
4.1 CO2-savings
Ethiopian electricity generation is mainly based on the hydro-electricity and therefore the savings
does not heavily decrease the CO2-releases in domestic electricity generation. The main benefits are
resulted in the decreased use of peak and stand-by diesel generators due to the better use of
existing distribution networks and decreased outages at customer level.
However, Ethiopia is more and more electricity exporter to the neighbouring countries. The savings
in Ethiopia increase potential to export where it replaces oil and gas-based generation like in Sudan,
Djibouti and Kenya. It is assumed that it mainly replaces oil-based (and partly gas-based) generation
where the CO2-savings are 650 CO2 ton/GWh generated.
The following Table 8 and Figure 11 show the annual and cumulative CO2-savings based on the
estimated energy savings assuming that the saved energy is exported to the neighboring countries.
Table 8.
Corresponding annual and cumulative CO2-emission savings
Estimated annual energy savings (GWh/a)
Annual CO2-savings (1000 tn CO2-ekv)
Cumulative CO2-savings
Figure 11.
2013
93
56
56
2014
186
111
167
2015
278
167
334
2016
371
223
557
2017
464
278
835
2018
557
334
1169
2019
650
390
1559
2020
742
445
2004
2021
835
501
2505
2022
928
557
3062
Estimate of CO2-savings during the next ten years
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 29
Hifab Oy
The value of CO2-savings can be estimated on the basis of market prices of emission trading. In
Europe the value is at the moment about 8 €/ton CO2. The estimates in longer term have usually
higher values. If the value 10 €/ton is used, the value of annual savings in 2022 is 5.6 million € and
cumulative savings 2013 – 2022 30.6 million €.
4.2 Development impacts
The project, and especially the subsequent implementation of the recommended DSM actions, will
contribute for the following development impacts:








The saved energy due to DSM actions can increase the export of electricity to neighboring
countries increasing income from export, improving the trade balance and the income of
EEPCO. Alternatively this energy and power can be used for areas which are not yet
electrified.
Power quality at customers is not very high in Ethiopia, outage time per customer is often
several hundred hours per year and also voltage quality is not sufficient. This induces
problems in industry and commercial sector decreasing income, and many customers have
standby generators which cause also environmental releases. By DSM actions these
problems can be decreased.
The implementing of DSM actions and projects requires enhanced capabilities of human
resources and tools for implementing DSM actions and projects
New private sector business activities will be developed related to some DSM activities like
energy audits and ESCOs
Power sector investments can be used more optimally thus releasing capital for other
priority development project of the nation
Reduction to electricity bill for domestic customers; savings can be reallocated to more
pressing household expenses
Improvement in competitiveness of industries due to reduced energy costs and decreased
outage times
Labeling and increased needs for energy efficient products can also result in the
development of domestic manufacturing industry.
As the project focuses on the collection of the comprehensive database on end-use pattern of
electricity consumption, the immediate development impact indicators are indirect; number of DSM
experts in EEA and other stakeholders, publicity of DSM in media and education, which contribute
for changes in energy, consumption behavior, availability of new energy efficient equipment and
sector regulation. In the longer run the indicators are






the energy efficiency in national economy (kWh/unit of GNP)
environmental burden of electricity supply (unit of greenhouse gas emissions/unit of GNP)
new customer connections compared to what would occur without the project
User energy and expense savings (average electricity consumption / customer class)
Reduced power outage (hours/year outage)
Deferred investment savings for the utility and government in revised long-term investment
plan
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 30
Hifab Oy
5 Conclusions
DSM has a large potential in Ethiopia especially in next decade when electricity consumption is
increasing rapidly: energy savings can be up to 10 % from the annual electricity consumption and
peak load reduction several hundred megawatts during the next 10 years.
To achieve these targets several DSM actions have to be implemented. The project prioritized the
following near-future actions:
1. To continue actions related to the lighting, because energy saving and demand reduction
potential is high in this end-use segment especially in residential but also in
commercial/public sector. In European Union and in some other countries incandescent
bulbs are banned. CFLs can replace them and also LED-lighting is developing very rapidly and
is competitive with CFLs in the near future. Therefore the project group proposes to start the
actions to ban incandescent bulbs also in Ethiopia in next 5 – 10 years.
2. To start developing the energy labeling and minimum energy efficiency standard program in
Ethiopia. The focus should be in the beginning in the appliances which have largest energy
saving potential like cold appliances and cooking appliances (including injera baking stoves).
3. To start developing energy audit activities in industrial and commercial/public sector. This is
the most efficient first step in these sectors to analyze the needs for investments to energy
efficiency. The first step is to develop framework for energy audits including training of
auditors, which can come from private sector, financial support for audits etc.
4. To start developing and testing more innovative pricing to large customers (mainly industrial
and commercial/public sector). The time-of-use pricing could include high-price periods
during peak loads situations at noon and in the evening. Another alternative is to try to
decrease high peak loads by demand charges and/or with demand limiting switches.
5. To start developing energy saving fund for financing different energy efficiency projects like
demonstrations of new technologies, and activities like energy audits. The financing of the
fund is usually based on state budget, special energy taxes or incremental increase of tariffs.
6. To continue and improve the information on energy efficiency to general public. This can
include also the establishment of energy efficiency advice centers and electricity
consumption feedback to customers as a part of electricity bill.
In addition to these prioritized actions some additional actions can be developed in longer term: in
industrial and commercial/public sectors the development of private ESCO-business and voluntary
agreements on energy savings are recommendable actions. If the needs for peak load reduction are
critical especially in certain parts of the networks, the load control of hot water heat storages and
utilizing the standby diesels of customers can be tested and developed for practical use.
The estimated DSM potential was based on the analysis of the consumption data of the more than
200 half-hourly metered customers and interviews of more than 1200 customers during the project.
The estimation still includes some uncertainties and therefore it is recommended that this basic data
collection, measurements and data analyses will continue after this project. The following guidelines
for the future work can be given:

The half-hourly measurements of residential customers were carried out only in Addis
Ababa, and the average size of the measured customers was very high compared to the
average consumptions in the whole country. The produced load profiles were based on
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 31
Hifab Oy


these measurements. Therefore the measurements should be continued outside Addis
Ababa and include more small customers. Also measurements of low-voltage feeders could
be included in the measurement programs.
The measurements of 3-phase customers included quite a large variety of customer types
and customer number per customer type was too small to produce reliable load profiles. In
many cases also the type of customers was not known due to the lack of questionnaires and
therefore the measured data could not be used in definition of load profiles. It is
recommended that these three-phase measurements will continue more systematically so
that at least 10 – 15 customers per customer type are measured, and at the same time the
questionnaires are filled.
The energy use of most residential appliances is not known. The estimations in the DSM
potential analyses were based on rough estimates. It is recommended that special activity is
started to measure typical consumptions of household appliances. This can be done for ex.
by measuring the consumption of several tens of refrigerators, freezers etc. appliances in
field with a simple plug-in meters and collecting at the same time data from the measured
appliances (volume, age, etc.). The measuring period can be quite short and the meters can
be rotated.
6 Literature
1. C.W. Gellings, J.H. Chamberlin, “Demand-Side Management: Concepts and Methods”,
(Fairmont Press, Liburn, USA, 1993, pp. 238-240)
2. S. Talukdar, C.W. Gellings, "Load Management" (IEEE Press, New York, 1987)
3. C.W. Gellings, J.H. Chamberlin, "Demand-side Management Planning" (Fairmont Press, 1993)
4. Chuang A. Gellings C. W., Demand-Side Integration in a Restructured Electric Power
Industry", CIGRE Session 2008, Paris Paper C6-105.
5. "Benefits of Demand Response in Electricity Markets and Recommendations for achieving
them". A report to the United States Congress. February 2006, 122 p.
6. Benefits of demand response in electricity market and recommendations for achieving them.
A report to United States Congress, pursuant to section 1252 of the Energy policy Act of
2005. February 2006, US department of Energy, 122 p
7. Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, “Assessment of Demand Response & Advanced
Metering”, Staff Report Docket Number: AD-06-2-000, August 2006, 228 p.
8. Seppo Kärkkäinen, Statistical analysis of the electricity consumption of Ethiopia for DSM
purposes
9. Ethiopian Electric Power Corporation, Facts in Brief 2008/2009 and 2010/2011
10. Mekuria Lemma, Highlights on power sector development program. Presentation in the
stakeholders’ workshop 17th of August 2012.
11. Proposal for Launching National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program, VOL I produced by the
working group of ESEE and EEA, June 2012
12. Proposal for Launching Energy Audit Program, VOL II produced by the working group of ESEE
and EEA, August 2012
13. Demand Side Management (DSM) Public Awareness and Education Program. Drafted by
Ethiopian Electricity Agency (EEA). January 2011
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 32
Hifab Oy
Annex 1
Demand Side Management
for Climate Change Adaptation in the Ethiopian
Power Sector:
Vol I
Proposal for Launching
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program
Final Report
June 2012
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 33
Hifab Oy
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 34
Hifab Oy
Table of Content
1.
2.
3.
4.
Background and Introduction ....................................................................................................... 36
1.1.
Background ........................................................................................................................... 36
1.2.
Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 36
1.3.
Description of the Report ..................................................................................................... 40
Electrical Appliances and Equipment in Ethiopia ......................................................................... 41
2.1.
Imported items...................................................................................................................... 41
2.2.
Local products ....................................................................................................................... 47
Introducing Labeling and Standards Program in Ethiopia ............................................................ 48
3.1.
Energy efficiency labels ......................................................................................................... 50
3.2.
Energy efficiency standards .................................................................................................. 51
3.3.
Existing Institutions and Relevant Capacities ....................................................................... 52
3.4.
Cost indications ..................................................................................................................... 54
3.5.
Program Implementation during the operation phase ......................................................... 57
Conclusions and Recommendations ............................................................................................. 58
4.1.
Conclusions ........................................................................................................................... 58
4.2.
Recommendations ................................................................................................................ 60
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 35
Hifab Oy
1.
1.1.
Background and Introduction
Background
Energy Audit and Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal development is part of the
Demand Side Management (DSM) Project the objective of which is to lower the
vulnerability of the Ethiopian power system to climate change impacts and to decrease
the global greenhouse gas-emissions.
The specific objective of this component, carried out by the Ethiopian Society of
Electrical Engineers (ESEE), is to assess the need for an energy efficiency labeling and
standards program in Ethiopia, the benefits that would accrue from the program
implementation, the tasks to be undertaken, the costs involved, as well as the program
implementation mechanisms that can be applied, and to make recommendations for
the way forward.
The application of energy efficiency labeling and standards is particularly important for
driving the market for electrical appliances and equipment towards more energy
efficient brands.
1.2.
Introduction
The Ethiopian government, recognizing the growth and development impact of
increasing access to electricity, initiated an ambitious program of generation capacity
expansion and universal electrification in 2005. This program envisions increasing
generation capacity four-fold and increasing electricity access to 50% of the population
by 2012. The program is being implemented successfully: generation capacity is
expected to double by the end of 2010 and an average of 150,000 new customers has
been connected every year since 2005.
The Ethiopian power system is overwhelmingly hydro based. Large hydropower plants
account for 98% of total power generated in a typical year; the balance is met mainly by
diesel power plants. The power system will continue to be highly hydro based since the
system expansion plan to 2030 is dominated by proposed additions of large
hydropower plants (13,000 MW hydro vs. 820 MW non-hydro).
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 36
Hifab Oy
Losses in transmission and distribution are high and appear to be increasing (ranging
17% to 20%). Energy efficiencies at the end-use level are low with minimal demand
management practiced. If current low levels of efficiency are maintained, losses will
increase further, with the expansion of the system due to connection of more distant
customers and much smaller loads.
Rapid demand growth and inadequate capacity including reduced output from existing
hydropower plants due to reduced or changed river flows, have resulted in quite
frequent and substantial power disruptions over the past five years.
The key strategy for climate change adaptation for the Ethiopian power sector is to
diversify power generation technologies and to use water and energy efficiently.
Efficient use of water is achieved with improved management from the supply side by
maintaining reservoir capability, optimizing water releases and from the demand side
through energy efficiency and fuel substitution.
There has not been any system-wide study for the potential for DSM in Ethiopia, that
this study aims to address, but substantial aggregated savings in total system
generation appear feasible. Because of high transmission and distribution and end-use
level losses there is considerable potential for energy saving in the power sector. There
is also potential to reduce electricity demand through substitution of electricity
appliances with other renewable technologies, for example, solar water heaters to
replace electric boilers.
A comprehensive evaluation of supply and DSM options is required to realize potential
savings of electricity. Today such a comprehensive evaluation cannot be carried out for
the demand side because there is very little documented data at end-use level for the
various customer classes. Through the proposed project collected end-use electricity
consumption data will show the contribution of each end-use to total demand. It will
also indicate areas where DSM measures will have more impact. Such data is also
required in order to evaluate or monitor the impacts of any DSM action.
Energy-efficiency labeling and standards-setting programs are intended to reduce the
energy consumption of all of energy consuming products without diminishing the
services they provide to consumers. Energy-performance improvements in consumer
products are an essential element in any government's portfolio of energy-efficiency
and climate change mitigation programs. Governments need to develop balanced
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 37
Hifab Oy
programs, both voluntary and regulatory, that remove cost-ineffective, energy-wasting
products from the marketplace and stimulate the development of cost-effective,
energy-efficient technology.
Energy efficiency programs reduce wastage of energy at the national level and cut
down on investment requirements for energy supply infrastructure. At the global level,
reduction of waste energy means global warming reduction, and is thus directly linked
to climate change mitigation efforts. At the individual level, energy use efficiency
improvement in end-use appliances and equipment means less energy use and lower
energy bills for the consumer.
Energy use efficiency improvements can be readily achieved by creating consumer
awareness in the choice of end-use devices (appliances and equipment). Energy
efficiency labeling of devices provides a means of creating such awareness. Energyefficiency labels are informative labels affixed to manufactured products to describe the
product’s energy performance (usually in the form of energy use, efficiency, or energy
cost). The labels give consumers the data necessary to make informed purchases.
Energy efficiency standards are also a complementary means of achieving energy use
efficiency improvements. Energy-efficiency standards are procedures and regulations
that prescribe the energy performance of manufactured products, sometimes
prohibiting the sale of products that are less efficient than a minimum level.
Final energy consumption in a given country can be classified under three sectors—
buildings, industry, and transportation. In residential and commercial buildings, energy
is consumed by appliances, equipment, and lighting. In homes around the world, energy
is consumed by everything from refrigerators and clothes-washing machines to desktop
computers, all in ever-increasing numbers. In office buildings, energy is consumed by
everything from computers and copiers to photosensor-controlled lighting, also in everincreasing numbers. Heating and cooling equipment—often out of sight—is a collection
of energy-consuming equipment as well.
Conceptually, energy-efficiency labels and standards can be applied to any product that
consumes energy, directly or indirectly, as it provides its services. The national benefits
of labels and standards applied to the most prevalent and energy-intensive appliances,
such as household refrigerators, air conditioners, water heaters and electronic
equipment, are, initially, generally substantially higher than the cost of implementing
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 38
Hifab Oy
the labels and standards programs and producing the efficient products. On the other
hand, the benefits from labels or standards for less common or less energy-intensive
products, such as toasters, are often too small to justify the costs. Energy-efficiency
labels and standards for appliances, equipment, and lighting products deserve to be
among the first policy tools considered by a country's energy policy makers.
The first energy-efficiency standards that dramatically affected manufacturers and
significantly reduced the consumption of energy were mandated in the USA by the
state of California far back in 1976. These standards became effective in 1977 and were
followed by USA national standards that became effective starting in 1988. By the
beginning of the year 2000, 43 governments around the world (including the 15 original
members of the EU) had adopted at least one mandatory energy-efficiency standard. By
2004, the number had increased to 55. Figure 1 below depicts the shift towards more
efficient appliances that can be brought about through the introduction of energy
efficiency labels and standards in a given country or region.
The figure shows that the market shares for 1990-2 products are clustered around
classes D and E, which are at the lower end of the efficiency scale. For 1997 and 2003
products, on the other hand, the market share clusters are around classes C and A,
respectively, both of which are at the upper end of the efficiency scale. In other words,
more and more efficient products dominated the market as energy efficiency standards
and labels were introduced in the EU region.
Fig 1 - The Impact of energy-efficiency standards and labels on the distribution of products in the
marketplace: refrigerators in the EU region Source: Wiel S. et al (2005)
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 39
Hifab Oy
Ethiopia does not as yet have a working experience with labeling and standards. The
CFL program introduced in 2008 may be considered a significant measure in the energy
use efficiency improvement context, although its main aim was to reduce peak hour
electricity demand in the national grid (thereby to minimize the standby diesel capacity
needs). The current dramatic increases in electricity consumption need to be
accompanied by sustained application of energy use efficiency enhancement programs
(including efficiency labeling and standards) to reap the benefits of cost reduction in
electricity supply and climate change mitigation efforts referred to earlier. The
envisaged labeling and standards program is intended to contribute to the
improvement of energy use efficiency in respect of electricity appliances and
equipment.
1.3.
Description of the Report
The focus of the analyses in the document lies on electrical appliances and equipment.
Currently most electrical appliances and equipment in use in Ethiopia are imported
from global markets, with a few items produced locally. In principle, the analyses should
include both imported and locally produced items. However, data for locally produced
items could not be obtained, and the analyses are made for imported items only.
Section 2 of the document looks into the types and volumes of electrical appliances and
equipment currently imported, and makes projections of imports for the next decade.
Based on the projections, the level of energy savings that can be expected through the
introduction of the energy efficiency labeling and standards program has been assessed
in the section.
Section 3 looks into the options and approaches for introducing a labeling and
standards program in Ethiopia. In this context, it reviews the experiences of other
developing countries in coming up with their own labeling and standards programs. It
also presents the types of energy efficiency labeling and standards currently in use
globally. It suggests an option for Ethiopia with respect to the type of labeling and
standards program to be adopted at various times.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 40
Hifab Oy
Section 3 also looks into the institutional arrangements and capacity requirements tor
the labeling and standards program. It points to the need for building the technical and
regulatory capacity, among others.
Conclusions and recommendations are presented in section 4.
2.
Electrical Appliances and Equipment in Ethiopia
2.1. Imported items
Table 1 below summarizes imports of selected electrical appliances and equipment in
recent years. It is based on data obtained from the customs office database in the
course of data collection under the ESMAD (Energy Sector Mapping and Database
Development) project in 2010. The list in the Table focuses on electrical appliances and
equipment commonly used in households, offices and businesses in Ethiopia. It is by no
means comprehensive, and particularly leaves out electronic gadgetry whose electrical
consumption is in any case relatively small. Import quantities are shown for years 2000,
2005 and 2009. Data for 2010 was available only partially at the time, and is therefore
not included in the Table. For each of the items in the Table, the import quantity is
shown in terms of weight in kg, while the import value is shown in USD. The import
value in the customs office database was actually in terms of Birr, but this was
converted to USD to simplify comparison of growth of import quantities against value
through the years by using a more stable currency.
Table 2 shows imports of the same items as in Table 1, but the import quantities are
shown in terms of actual number of items imported. At times, full packages of items
have been recorded as a single unit in the customs office database but this anomaly has
been ignored or such records excluded in arriving at Table 2 data. The anomaly was
most notable in the case of import data for water pumps for year 2009. In other cases,
the data is suspect when import numbers are compared against import values, etc.
Such data is shown as NA (not available) in the Tables to avoid uncertainties.
Table 2 data is most useful for calculations aimed at total energy savings due to energy
efficiency improvements for a given electrical appliance or equipment in the list. The
data would also be useful for calculation of import growth rates for each of the
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 41
Hifab Oy
appliances and equipment in the list. However, data for some of the items is not
available for some of the years.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 42
Hifab Oy
Table 1 - Summary of imports for selected electrical items
(Based on data from the Customs Office)
Import items
2000 import summary
2005 import summary
summary of 2009 imports
Ratio of 2009 to
2005 import
Tot. mass ( kg)
Value (USD)
Tot. mass ( kg)
66,130.00
471,311.88
556,224.04
1,445,876.30
423,134.79
3,008,495.82
2.08
826,671.00
4,384,114.71
3,201,844.21
15,477,318.61
3,969,169.50
37,382,931.83
2.42
Ac generators (< 75 kW)
49,911.00
379,857.18
140,825.70
1,330,378.99
594,664.53
8,309,589.37
6.25
Ac motors (< 75 kW)
92,421.00
496,301.65
721,410.83
1,240,827.43
478,760.93
2,530,029.65
2.04
Air compressors on wheeled stand
29,417.00
307,315.29
131,214.88
1,077,268.65
277,303.32
3,476,722.10
3.23
Water pumps
289,338.00
2,152,425.50
1,010,975.78
6,587,390.00
297,337.95
6,405,596.78
0.97
Electric ovens and cooking plates
133,589.00
384,223.41
286,455.96
1,213,541.83
617,453.64
3,419,827.10
2.82
16,342.00
52,642.89
49,209.97
170,848.20
55,712.97
290,462.94
1.70
Coffee and tea making machines
6,832.00
41,957.86
16,452.79
169,276.63
38,509.07
250,969.89
1.48
Microwave cookers
7,105.00
44,668.39
47,819.14
270,123.24
38,420.30
271,737.10
1.01
52,622.00
373,175.41
97,253.32
739,777.98
321,740.79
2,000,245.65
2.70
1,281,040.00
9,087,994.17
5,248,710.84
29,722,627.86
7,112,207.79
67,346,608.23
2.27
1
1
4.1
3.3
5.6
7.4
Total imports
Ratio of totals to year 2000 base
Exchange rates (Birr/USD):
8.5@2000;
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
8.7@2005
Page 43
VI
(VII/V)
Air conditioning machines
Clothes washing machines
V
Value (USD)
II
Smoothing irons
IV
Tot. mass ( kg)
I
Refrigerators
III
Value (USD)
VII
10.0@2009
VIII
Hifab Oy
Table 2- Selected Summary of Imported Electrical Appliances and Equipment
Import items
2000
I
2005
II
Air conditioning machines
2009
III
No. of units
Ratio to 2009 to
2005 import (iv/iii)
IV
V
649
3,342
8,214
2.46
13,241
54,730
80,116
1.46
162
795
2,213
2.78
Ac motors (< 75 kW)
2,073
10,890
NA
NA
Air compressors
1,291
1,436
3,117
2.17
21,059
40,301
12,792
0.32
Electric ovens & cooking plates
NA
46,062
186,845
4.06
Smoothing irons
NA
11,017
21,056
1.91
Coffee and tea making machines
NA
21,917
NA
1.80
Microwave cookers
NA
2,899
1,829
0.63
1,576
1,758
6,550
3.73
Refrigerators
Ac generators (< 75 kW)
Water pumps
Clothes washing machines
Table 3 – Order of significance of imported electrical appliances and equipment
Order of significance
By volume of import
By growth rate of import
1
Electric ovens and cooking plates
Ac generators (< 75 kW)
2
Refrigerators
Air compressors on wheeled stand
3
Smoothing irons
Electric ovens and cooking plates
4
Water pumps
Clothes washing machines
5
Air conditioning machines
Refrigerators
6
Clothes washing machines
Air conditioning machines
7
Air compressors on wheeled stand
Ac motors (< 75 kW)
8
Ac generators (< 75 kW)
Smoothing irons
9
Microwave cookers
Coffee and tea making machines
10
Ac motors (< 75 kW)
Microwave cookers
11
Coffee and tea making machines
Water pumps
On the other hand, data on the value of imports shown in Table 1 is complete for all
items and all the three years under consideration. So, it makes sense to use Table 1 for
comparisons of growth rates for import of each of the appliances and equipment in the
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 44
Hifab Oy
list. By the same token, Table 2 is best used to compare the growth of volume of
imports for appliances and equipment based on the number of units imported.
Table 3 reorders the appliances and equipment in terms of significance on the basis of
volumes of import for year 2009, and also growths in import values (2009/2005), both
in a decreasing order top to bottom. The items that fall within the first half of the Table
(i.e. within the first six rows, in both of the columns) are the following:
 Electric ovens and cooking plates
 Refrigerators
 Air conditioning machines
 Clothes washing machines
This listing indicates that the above four items are the most important import
appliances and equipment in significance in the context of efficiency improvement. This
finding will be taken up and used under various issues that are discussed in this
document.
Data on the efficiencies of the imported appliances and equipment is not available in
the customs office database. A future work would have to consider obtaining this data
from the exporters, importers, manufacturers or through sample surveys of imported
items.
Estimate of Electrical Appliances and Equipment Import Volume
We can use the data in Table 2 to obtain a rough projection of import levels in the next
decade. This projection is shown in Table 4 below. It assumes the same level of annual
growth in imports as in the period 2005 -2009 to continue into the future. The
projection is made for the four items of import significance as deduced earlier.
Table 4- Projection of import quantities for selected electrical appliances and equipment
Import items
I
Air conditioning machines
Refrigerators
Electric ovens & cooking plates
Clothes washing machines
No. of units
imported in
2009
Growth %
20052009
Annual
growth %
2005-2009
Growth %
2009-2022
No. of units
imported in
2022
II
III
IV
V
VI
8,214
246
25
1,819
149,413
80,116
146
10
345
276,400
186,845
406
42
9,544
17,832,487
6,550
373
39
7,231
473,631
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 45
Hifab Oy
Estimate of Energy Savings through Implementation of Efficiency Labeling and
standards Program
1. Table 4 can be used along with expected levels of efficiency improvement to derive
potential energy savings that would accrue in the event of introduction of a labeling
and standards program in Ethiopia. This is shown in Table 5 for refrigerators and clothes
washers. A similar analysis can be carried out for the other appliances and equipment,
though the analysis may be more complicated. Basic data for the average energy
efficiency shown in Table 5 is obtained from a website for an Australian database on
appliances and equipment energy efficiency (see
http://www.energyrating@climatechange.gov.org). As stated earlier, there is no local
data on energy efficiency of imported appliances and equipment for Ethiopia.
In Table 5, the energy consumption shown under 2 star efficiency class represents
business as usual (i.e. no intervention) case, whereas the consumption under 3 star
represents a reduced energy consumption that could be brought about by the
introduction of a labeling and standards program. The total energy saving of about 83
GWh/year, for year 2022 is comparable to the rated annual energy output from the
existing 34 MW Koka hydropower plant in the national grid. This saving is only for two
types of appliances, and it is estimated for just one star improvement in energy
efficiency, through the envisaged introduction of efficiency labeling and standards.
Moreover, it is the energy saving on the use of just one year’s import of refrigerators
and washing machines. Thus, the overall energy saving potential through this program
appears substantial.
We note here that the energy savings are not net savings that would accrue to the
individual customer using appliances and equipment. The saving would naturally come
at some cost. Such costs would include cost markups for more energy efficient
appliances and equipment, among other things. The cost differential between a 3 star
and 2 star appliance/equipment must not be higher than the present worth of the
energy savings over the lifetime of the appliance/equipment. Else, there would not be
any compelling reason for the customer to buy the 3 star model.
At the national level, the agency running the labeling and standards program may
choose to forego the cost differential in the interests of climate change mitigation. In
such cases, the agency would have to make reductions in the import tax rates to absorb
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 46
Hifab Oy
some of the cost differential for the energy efficient appliance /equipment. However,
such hidden subsidies should also not be open ended. Most importantly, the subsidies
must be seen in their entirety, with fuller considerations of costs to the nation,
including the cost of running the labeling and standards program itself. Else, the
program would play into the hands of appliance and equipment suppliers, thereby
missing the fundamental goal of creating a win-win situation for all stakeholders
involved.
Table 5- Expected energy savings for selected electrical appliances and equipment
Average energy consumption
(kWh/year/unit)
Appliance
Energy savings
per unit**
(kWh/year)
No. of units
imported in
2022
Energy saving
total for 2022
(kWh)
2 star*
3 star
Refrigerator
410
306
104
276,400
28,745,600
Clothes washer
529
414
115
473,631
54,467,565
*
- the most efficient appliances and equipment carry 4-5 stars in most cases.
** - the saving refers to the energy saved by using an appliance of 3 star efficiency class, instead of a 2
star class.
2.2. Local products
The analysis made under imported items could be replicated for locally made items, by
obtaining and analyzing data on the following:

Types of appliances and other electrical equipment being locally produced
currently and used in households and offices

Volumes of local production in recent years for appliances and other electrical
equipment used in households and offices

Level of efficiencies of appliances and other electrical equipment locally
produced in recent years and used in households and offices

Volumes of production in the next decades for appliances and other electrical
equipment used in households and offices

Level of energy savings expected in the next decades through the introduction
of labeling and standards options
At present, however, data is not available for locally produced items and therefore the
analysis could not be made.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 47
Hifab Oy
From a practical standpoint, it would be logical to start off the program with only a few
types of appliances and equipment. The coverage can then be gradually broadened as
experience on labeling and standards accumulates locally. For imported items, it has
already been shown that the appliances and equipment deserving most attention are:

Electric ovens and cooking plates

Refrigerators

Air conditioning machines

Clothes washing machines

Imported welding machines

Local welding machines

Enjera Mitad
The expectation is that the import levels for these items will continue to be high in the
future, and consequently the energy savings due to efficiency improvement would be
high. Therefore, the initial stages of the labeling and standards program in Ethiopia
should include and be focused upon these very items.
3.
Introducing Labeling and Standards Program in Ethiopia
Various reports attest to the fact that a number of developing countries were helped by
the Collaborative Labeling and Appliance Standards Program (CLASP) to develop their
own labeling and standards programs at the turn of the new millennium (i.e. in the
period 2000-2005). With respect to the implementation of the United Nations’ global
program on energy standards and labeling, CLASP was the technical counterpart for the
United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs (UNDESA) – see
http://www.UN.org/esa/sustdev/publications/energy. CLASP itself is “a strategic
cooperation of three organizations – the Alliance to Save Energy, the International
Institute for Energy Conservation, and the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory”,
founded in 1999, to address the growing energy demand and contributions to climate
change (see http://www.clasponline.org). In most cases, CLASP efforts built on and
strengthened nascent initiatives that existed at the country level. CLASP helped the
countries in the following areas of activities, among others:
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 48
Hifab Oy
 The creation of the institutional arrangement to develop and maintain the
labeling and standards programs
 The strengthening of the local technical capacity to develop and maintain the
labeling and standards programs
 The strengthening of the analytical capacity to assess the cost, benefit and
impact of the labeling and standards programs in respect of economics and
global GHG emission reductions.
The countries that were covered in the CLASP assistance include China, India, Brazil,
South Africa, Ghana, Mexico, and a number of South Asian countries.
In China, CLASP activities included, work on the development of four energy efficiency
standards and endorsement labels for three energy efficient products, development of
a new information label, as well as technical training.
In India, CLASP activities included:
 Assessment of energy efficiency testing capacity for priority products (a total
of five refrigerators and air conditioner test facilities were evaluated; draft
test procedures for refrigerators and air conditioners were developed,
along with an international comparison of local, ISO and Australian test
procedures)
 Development of at least one new minimum energy efficiency standard, and
 Preparation of energy information labeling for one product.
In Brazil, the CLASP activities included the following, among others:
 Institutional capacity and data needs assessment (the assessment evaluated
existing staff and institutional capacity to develop, implement and maintain
energy efficiency labeling and standards programs based on sound
technical and economic analysis)
 Assessment of current levels of efficiency of end-use equipment in Brazil
(CLASP assessed pre-project levels of equipment energy efficiency to serve
as a baseline for calculating the impact of the mandatory labeling and
standards program)
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 49
Hifab Oy
On the whole, CLASP input appears to have been focused on basic groundwork areas.
On hind sight, it is in fact doubtful whether any of these countries would have achieved
a functioning labeling and standards program, struggling on their own, without the
CLASP input. Such input becomes critical and essential to set the labeling and standards
program in the right direction at the outset, and get it going once started. The
alternative could be a trial and error approach whose outcome is never easy to predict.
The lessons for countries like Ethiopia would be to start working with developing
countries that already have a viable /functioning labeling and standards program,
rather than going it alone on their own.
In the context of introduction of labeling and standards programs in a country, it would
be convenient to take up the discussion of ‘labeling’ separately from that of ‘standards’.
3.1. Energy efficiency labels
Energy efficiency labels are informative labels affixed to manufactured products to
describe the product’s energy performance (usually in the form of energy use,
efficiency, or energy cost). There are basically two types of labels:
Endorsement labels, and
Comparative labels
Endorsement labels are essentially ungraded ‘seals of approval’ given according to
specified criteria. Comparative labels carry grades and allow consumers to compare
performance among similar products.
Both endorsement labels and comparative labels can be affixed for voluntary or
mandatory use by appliance /equipment purchasers.
A comprehensive description of labels and the extent and nature of their use in various
countries is available in ‘Energy Efficiency Labeling’, by Daniel Zewdu and Dawit Habtu.
The document provides a rich menu from which to choose labels and logos for
application in an Ethiopian energy efficiency labeling program.
The most important issues requiring further attention under energy efficiency labels are
the following:
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 50
Hifab Oy
 Setting the specifications that an appliance /equipment should meet in order
to achieve an endorsement label
 Setting the specifications that an appliance /equipment should meet in order
to achieve the various efficiency grades to be used in comparative labels
 Ensuring that the local capacity exists for testing the appliance /equipment to
qualify it for an endorsement or comparative label.
3.2. Energy efficiency standards
Energy efficiency standards are procedures and regulations that prescribe the energy
performance of manufactured products, sometimes prohibiting the sale of products
that are less efficient than a minimum level.
There are three types of energy efficiency standards:
 Prescriptive standards
 Minimum energy performance standards (MEPS)
 Class average standards
Prescriptive standards require that a particular feature or device be installed in all new
products.
Performance standards set minimum efficiencies (or maximum energy consumption
limits) that manufacturers must achieve in each and every product, specifying the
energy performance but not the technology or design details of the product.
Class average standards specify the average efficiency of a manufactured product,
allowing each manufacturer to select the level of efficiency for each model so that the
overall average is achieved.
An extensive discussion of minimum energy performance standards for a variety of
appliances /equipment in a number of countries is available in ‘Energy Efficiency
Labeling’, by Daniel Zewdu and Dawit Habtu. Actual data on the standards for
appliances / equipment is however lacking.
In the case of energy efficiency standards too the most important issues requiring
further attention would be the following:
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 51
Hifab Oy
 Compiling the minimum energy efficiencies we require for each appliance
/equipment
 Ensuring that the local capacity exists for testing and verifying the appliance
/equipment efficiencies against the pre-set threshold efficiency standards.
With preparatory activities fully completed, the labeling and standards program itself is
best started as a voluntary program. It should also have the simplicity and the
information content to make it user –friendly.
Thereafter, depending on the
experiences with the voluntary program, various versions of mandatory programs can
be considered.
3.3. Existing Institutions and Relevant Capacities
Available literature on institutional arrangements for developing and running labeling
and standards programs in China, India and Brazil indicates that the arrangement
typically involved several local institutions working on the program in tandem. In China,
as many as seven major public institutions were involved in various capacities to work
on the program alongside CLASP experts. In India, the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE),
a department of the Ministry of Power (MOP), worked with the Bureau of Indian
Standards (BIS) in energy efficiency standards and labeling development. In Brazil, a
committee led by the Ministry of Mines and Energy and composed of several public
institutions and a ‘citizen representative’ was responsible for coming up with the
procedures that govern how standards will be set for each category of end-use
equipment.
In Ethiopia, public institutions that could be considered for direct collaboration in the
development, implementation and maintenance of a labeling and standards program
are the following:
 The Ministry of Water and Energy
 The Ministry of Science and Technology
 The Ethiopian Electricity Agency
 The Ethiopian Electric Power Corporation
 The Ethiopian Standards Agency
 Addis Ababa Institute of Technology, Addis Ababa University
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 52
Hifab Oy
 Institutes of Technology within other local universities
The laws that established these institutions bestow on them a measure of responsibility
for the development, acquisition and proper use of modern technologies that are
deployed in the service of the public. As such, these institutions would be expected to
spearhead the development, implementation and maintenance of the labeling and
standards program in close collaboration with other stakeholders in the public and
private sectors.
The institutions differ in their positions in the government hierarchy. They also differ in
the type and scope of technologies they oversee and deal with. Most importantly, they
also differ in the type of expertise and skills that their staff commands. But this diversity
can be exploited to form a complete whole, working in complementarities, if a proper
division of labor and co-ordination is put in place. It is mandatory that a lead institution
be delegated to handle the labeling and standards program and to co-ordinate the roles
of the various organizations involved. This delegation can be effected through
consensus or government directive.
The existing capacities in each of the institutions can be developed further in a way that
would enhance their contributions to the labeling and standards program. Such
capacity building should start with a thorough assessment of the capacity needs of the
labeling and standards program and the gaps between what exists currently and what is
required in the future. The capacities that should be focused upon are:
a)
The analytical capacity to assess the cost, benefit and impact of the labeling
and standards programs in respect of economics and global GHG emission
reductions.
b)
The technical capacity to develop and maintain the labeling and standards
programs
 The capacity to set the specifications that an appliance /equipment should
meet in order to achieve an endorsement label
 The capacity to set the specifications that an appliance /equipment should
meet in order to achieve the various efficiency grades to be used in
comparative labels
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 53
Hifab Oy
 The capacity for testing the appliance /equipment to qualify it for an
endorsement or comparative label
 The capacity for testing and verifying the appliance /equipment efficiencies
against the pre-set threshold efficiency standards
 The capacity to develop labels and logos for application in an Ethiopian
energy efficiency labeling program
c)
The regulatory capacity to develop the rules and regulations applicable to the
labeling and the standards program
d)
The administrative capacity to monitor and ensure the proper implementation
of the program in compliance with the relevant rules and regulations.
Already, energy efficiency test procedures and labels used by the EU countries for some
appliances and equipment have been obtained and studied (see annex 1 and annex 2).
3.4. Cost indications
From the discussion in the foregoing sections, the major cost line items for the labeling
and standards program are expected to be the following:
a)
Human resources development
 Training of existing staff on various facets of the labeling and standards
program
 Recruitment of new expertise and skills on energy efficiency labeling and
standards
b)
Collaboration/co-operation
with
other
developing
countries
on
the
development and evolution of the Ethiopian labeling and standards program
c)
Investment in various facilities
 Energy efficiency testing laboratories for various appliances and equipment
 ICT equipment for communications, computational and analytical work
 Investment in transport vehicles for field work (monitoring, studies, surveys,
etc) related to the labeling and standards program
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 54
Hifab Oy
 Investment in miscellaneous office equipment
d)
Operational costs related to the implementation of the labeling and standards
program
 Salaries and wages
 Office consumable items
 Utility bills
 Vehicle fuel and maintenance costs
 Laboratory equipment maintenance costs
Actual estimates of cost are shown in annex 3
Proposed Timeline for Implementation of the Program
The labeling and standards program has to go through a preparatory phase in which the
groundwork will be laid down for the creation of basic implementation capacity for the
program. The major tasks in the preparatory phase of the program, leading to the launch
of its operational phase, are listed hereunder. A preliminary indication of the dates for
carrying out or completion of the tasks is also given. In the assignment of the dates,
attempt has been made to ensure an even distribution of the workload over the
preparatory period. See also the Gantt chart in annex 4 for the lineup of tasks.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 55
Hifab Oy
No.
Activity
Tentative Time Line
1
Refine and finalize the project proposal document
May 21 -June 25, 2012
2
Obtain the go ahead from the relevant authorities for the program development and implementation
August 30, 2012
3
Secure the budget for program start up
September 28, 2012
4
Assign core manpower to develop and run the program
October 15 - November30, 2012
5
Put in place office equipment and facilities
October 15 - November30, 2012
6
Secure finance to invest in human resources development and setting up various facilities
October 15, 2012 – March 15, 2013
7
Recruit / train manpower
October 22, 2012 – August 30, 2013
8
Benchmarking Visit
April 30 – July 29, 2013
9
Recruitment of short-term experts for proposal refinement and subsequent implementation
April 30 – July 29, 2013
10
Development of rules and regulations applicable to the labeling and the standards program implementation
October 12, 2012 – May 14, 2013
11
Develop and set the specifications and standards to be used in the labeling and standards program
October 12, 2012 – May 14, 2013
12
Develop and set energy efficiency test procedures, as well as conformity test procedures for standards
January 15 – June 14, 2013
13
Set up energy efficiency test facilities
March 18 – September 20, 2013
14
Develop labels and logos
March 18 – August 16, 2013
15
Launch a voluntary labeling and standards program
October 30, 2013
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 56
Hifab Oy
Thus, the launch of the operational phase would be expected to take place about one and a half
years after the finalization of the proposal document, at the earliest.
3.5. Program Implementation during the operation phase
a)
Institutional arrangement
A program management board or committee could be formed to guide the program operation
and follow up its implementation. Such a board /committee would work under the lead
institution responsible for the program implementation in the operation phase.
The member institutions for the board /committee can include the following:
a) The Ministry of Water and Energy
b) The Ministry of Science and Technology
c) The Ethiopian Electricity Agency
d) The Ethiopian Electric Power Corporation
e) The Ethiopian Standards Agency,
f) Addis Ababa University, and
g) The Customs Office.
The Customs Office would help with data on imported equipment and appliances.
b)
Monitoring and regulatory activities
Monitoring and regulatory activities will be undertaken in line with the provisions of the legal and
regulatory framework that will have been developed before the program crosses over to the
operation phase. Licensing of local manufacturers of electrical appliances and equipment will be
part of the monitoring and regulatory activities.
c)
Financing
Operational expenses for public entities are normally covered by budgetary allocations from the
Government coffers. Setting up special funds for energy efficiency could be another option.
However, external assistance for operational expenses is unlikely to be available.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 57
Hifab Oy
4.
Conclusions and Recommendations
4.1.
Conclusions
a)
Labeling and standards programs inform the public on the energy efficiency
of electrical appliances and equipment and are important for driving the
market towards more energy efficient brands
b)
The current dramatic increases in electricity consumption in Ethiopia need
to be accompanied by sustained application of energy use efficiency
enhancement programs to reap the benefits of cost reduction in electricity
supply and mitigation of climate change. On these lines, energy efficiency
labeling and standards programs that are now being increasingly used in
various countries can be emulated in Ethiopia.
c)
Analysis of the volume of imports of a few electrical appliances and
equipment that are commonly used today indicates that the overall energy
saving potential through the institution of an energy efficiency labeling and
standards program in Ethiopia could be substantial.
d)
On the basis of current levels of import and future growths in import
levels, the appliances and equipment deserving most attention in the
Ethiopian case are:
e)

Electric ovens and cooking plates

Refrigerators

Air conditioning machines

Clothes washing machines
Labeling and standards programs can be voluntary or mandatory. From a
practical standpoint, however, the labeling and standards program is best
started as a voluntary program. Thereafter, depending on the experiences
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 58
Hifab Oy
with the voluntary program, various versions of mandatory programs can be
considered.
f)
There are indications from various reports that for a number of developing
countries the initial assistance by the Collaborative Labeling and Appliance
Standards Program (CLASP) to develop their labeling and standards
programs was crucial. In a similar manner, Ethiopia would also benefit by
initially working with developing countries that already have a functioning/
viable labeling and standards program, rather than going it alone on its own.
g)
Available literature on institutional arrangements for developing and
running labeling and standards programs in various countries indicates that
the arrangement typically involved several local institutions working on the
program in tandem. In Ethiopia, public institutions that could be considered
for direct collaboration in the development, implementation and
maintenance of a labeling and standards program are the following:

The Ministry of Water and Energy

The Ministry of Science and Technology

The Ethiopian Electricity Agency

The Ethiopian Electric Power Corporation

The Ethiopian Standards Agency

The Institute of Technology within the Addis Ababa University

Technology Faculties within other local universities
The existing capacities in each of the institutions can be developed in a way that would
enhance their contributions to the labeling and standards program.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 59
Hifab Oy
4.2.
Recommendations
Ethiopia should continue with the development and ultimate implementation
of the energy efficiency labeling and standards program which has been
investigated in this report/proposal. A preparatory phase should be taken up
to undertake development of the program prior to the start of the operational
phase.
The following activities should be carried out in the preparatory phase:
o Refinement and finalization of the project proposal document
o Obtaining the go ahead from the relevant authorities for the program
development and implementation
o Securing the budget for program start up
o Assigning core manpower to develop and run the program
o Putting in place office equipment and facilities
o Securing finance (possibly external finance) to invest in human resources
development and setting up various facilities
o Recruitment / training of manpower
o Undertaking working tours abroad and hiring short-term experts with
working experience in labeling and standards to review, refine and
finalize work on the labeling and the standards program
o Developing the rules and regulations applicable to the labeling and the
standards program implementation
o Developing the specifications and standards for use in the labeling and
standards program
o Developing and setting energy efficiency test procedures, as well as
conformity test procedures for standards
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 60
Hifab Oy
o Setting up energy efficiency test facilities
o Development of labels and logos
o Launching a voluntary labeling and standards program.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 61
Hifab Oy
Reference
1. Daniel Zewdu and Dawit Habtu. 2011. Energy Efficiency Labeling. Addis Ababa.
2. European Commission. 2011. Communication from the Commission on the Implementation
of the ENERGY STAR Program in the European Union in the Period 2006-2010. Brussels.
3. Hifab Oy et al. 2010. Demand Side Management for Climate Change Adaptation for the
Ethiopian Power Sector. Nordic Development Fund (NDF). Finland.
4. Mengistu Teferra. 2011. Electricity Sub-Sector: Final Draft Report. Energy Sector Mapping
and Database Development (ESMAD) Project. Addis Ababa.
5. Steenblik, R. et al. 2006. Can Energy – efficient Electrical Appliances be Considered
“Environmental Goods”?. OECD Trade & Environment Paper No. 2006-4. OECD Environment
Directorate.
6. Wiel, S. et al. 2005. Energy Efficiency Labels and Standards: A Guidebook for Appliances,
Equipment and Lighting. 2nd edition. CLASP. Washington, D.C. USA
7. http://www.un.org/esa/sustdev/publicaitons/energy: Market Transformation through
Energy Efficiency Standards and Labeling. Undated.
8. http://www.clasponline.org
9. http://www.energyrating@climatechange.gov.org
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 62
Hifab Oy
Annex 1: Cold-Appliance Energy Efficiency Index
For cold-appliances the efficiency class grades A to G are defined for each product category in terms
of an energy efficiency index I (defined as the tested model electricity consumption divided by the
prescribed “average” model consumption for a unit of the same adjusted volume) as given in Table
3.
Table 3 Relative efficiency grades used in the EU energy label for cold-appliances
Energy Efficiency Index І
Energy Efficiency Class
І < 0.55
A
0.55 ≤ І < 0.75
0.75 ≤ І < 0.90
0.90 ≤ І < 1.00
B
C
D
1.00 ≤ І < 1.10
E
1.10 ≤ І < 1.25
1.25 ≤ І
F
G
Thus, a G class model uses 125% or more energy of an “average” cold-appliance of the same type
and the same adjusted volume, while an A class model uses less than 55% of an average appliance
of the same type and adjusted volume. The energy consumed by an average appliance of a given
type and adjusted volume is calculated from the appropriate average performance reference line
equation and based on the values measured under the norm EN 153. The efficiency spread
indicated in these classes is based on several considerations. Firstly, that the efficiency of models on
the EU cold-appliance market tends to be distributed like a slightly skewed Gaussian function
except that there is a long tail on the side of the inefficient models while the efficiency of the most
efficient model is bounded. Secondly, that the aim of the label is to encourage people to buy more
efficient appliances - this means that it is not necessary to set the width of the efficiency classes
such that there are an equal number of models in each class, but rather in such a way that it is a
compromise between reflecting the real efficiency distribution of the market at the time that the
label is introduced and the efficiency distribution one may hope to achieve after some years.
Thirdly, that the highest efficiency class needs to be theoretically attainable even if it is not
attained by any model at the time the label is introduced. When the cold-appliance energy label
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 63
Hifab Oy
was introduced in 1994 there were almost no models in the A efficiency class available on the
market; however, a detailed engineering analysis had shown that it was quite possible to
manufacture A class models.
Since that time several hundred A class models have become available on the EU market, justifying
the principle of leaving the top efficiency class almost empty when a new labeling benchmark is set.
New fridges are much more energy efficient with improved insulation and more efficient
compressors. In addition the new refrigerants have much less ozone depletion potential than
previously and this trend is due to continue until only natural occurring refrigerants are used. Such
refrigerants will also make a smaller contribution to the Greenhouse effect. A+ and A++ energy
efficiency class are now available which are even more efficient than A class appliances. Some
models have calibrated thermostats, which makes it easy to control the temperature and so reduce
the impact to the environment

Better insulation

More efficient compressors

Newer environmental friendly refrigerants

Very low energy consumption A++ and A+ classes
Energy efficient refrigerators have 4-star ratings. A small chest freezer should have at least 3.5
stars. A regular upright freezer should have 4.5 stars. A buyer should choose energy efficiency
options like thermostat control and door alarms. It’s a good idea to regularly clean the coils at the
back of your fridge, and ensure that there is an adequate gap between the wall and the coils to
allow the air to flow freely. Old fridges are extremely inefficient and they increase your energy bills
immensely. Buying a new energy efficient fridge saves you money - enough to more than offset
what you will spend on an old, inefficient fridge just to keep it running.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 64
Hifab Oy
European Standard EN 153
The method for calculating the energy efficiency index is shown below in parts 1-3.
Part 1: Refrigerating appliances classification
Part 2: Calculation of the Equivalent Volume
Part 3: Calculation of the Energy Efficiency Index
Method for calculating the maximum allowable Energy Efficiency Index
The energy consumption of a refrigerating appliance is a function of the category of appliance to
which it belongs, its volume and the construction characteristics (thickness of insulation,
compressor efficiency, defrosting characteristics, etc.) and the climate class under which it is
deemed to operate.
In setting minimum energy efficiency requirements therefore, allowances must be made for the
main endogenous factors which influence energy consumption.
For this reason the energy consumption is defined by a linear equation which is a function of the
volume of the appliance, with different equations laid down for each category of appliance. To
calculate the maximum allowable EEI of a given appliance, it must therefore first be allocated to the
appropriate Category.
The Energy Efficiency Index of a refrigerating appliance is then the ratio between its estimated
annual energy consumption and the standard annual energy consumption, which is considered the
reference or base energy consumption of refrigerating appliances.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 65
Hifab Oy
1. Refrigerating appliances classification
Refrigerating appliances are classified in ten categories as shown in Table 1. Each category is
defined by the specific compartment composition as in Table 2 and is independent from the
number of doors, external drawers and compartments. An external drawer is equivalent to a door.
Table 1: Refrigerating appliances categories
Category
Description
1.
Refrigerator without other compartments
2.
Refrigerator-cellar and Cellar
3.
Refrigerator-chiller and Refrigerator with a 0 star compartment
4.
Refrigerator with a 1 star compartment
5.
Refrigerator with a 2 star compartment
6.
Refrigerator with a 3 star compartment
7.
Refrigerator-freezer
8.
Upright freezer
9.
Chest freezer
10.
Multi-use cabinet and other appliances
If the compartment(s) temperature does not allow the classification of the appliance in one of the
Categories from 1 to 9, or in case of multi-use cabinets Category 10 can be selected.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 66
Hifab Oy
Table 2: Refrigerating appliance classification and relevant compartment composition
Storage
range (°C)
temperature > +14
>
K
+14 / +8
+8 / +3
+3 / -2 < 0 / > -6
°C
< -6
< -12
< -18
< -18
Category
Nominal
temperature(for
EEI)(°c)
Compartment types
design T
the
design T
+12
+5
0
0
-6
Chill
0 star/Ice 1 star
making
-12
-18
-18
2 star
3 star
4 star
(number)
(+15 /+9)
Other
Wine
Storage
Cellar Refrigerator
Appliance Category
Compartments Composition
Refrigerator
Without N
Other Compartments
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Refrigerator-Cellar
Cellar
and O
O
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
O
O
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
O
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Refrigerator-Chiller and O
Refrigerator with a 0 star
O
low compartment
O
O
Y
Y
O
N
N
N
N
O
O
Y
O
Y
N
N
N
N
3
Refrigerator with a 1 star O
compartment
O
O
Y
O
O
Y
N
N
N
4
Refrigerator with a 2 star O
O
O
Y
O
O
O
Y
N
N
5
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 67
1
2
Hifab Oy
compartment
Refrigerator with a 3 star O
compartment
O
O
Y
O
O
O
O
Y
N
6
Refrigerator-Freezer
O
O
O
Y
O
O
O
O
O
Y
7
Upright Freezer
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
O
Y
Y
8
Chest Freezer
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
O
N
Y
9
other O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
10
Multi-use and
appliances
Notes:
Y=the compartment shall be present;
N=the compartment shall not be present;
O=the compartment presence is optional;
a) The range of the storage temperature for wine storage compartments is 0.5K of the normal temperature, to be included in the range +15/+9;
b) Includes also the three-star frozen food cabinets;
c)”Other compartment” includes any compartment, other than a wine storage one, with a storage temperature higher than 14°c
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 68
Hifab Oy
2. Calculation of the Equivalent Volume
Because refrigerating appliances contain different compartments maintained at different
temperatures which have a significant influence of the overall energy consumption, the maximum
allowable EEI is defined as a function of the Equivalent Volume, which is the weighted sum of the
storage volumes of the different compartments.
The equivalent volume of a compartment is the net storage volume of the compartment adjusted to
compensate for heat loadings on spaces which are at temperatures other than that of fresh food
compartment. The equivalent volume of a refrigerating appliance is the sum of the equivalent
volumes of all compartments.
To determine the equivalent volume of a compartment, the volume correction factors shall first be
determined as follows:

The thermodynamic correction factor
is the temperature difference between the
nominal temperature of a compartment (Table 2) and the ambient temperature under
standard test conditions (+25°C) expressed as a ratio of the same difference for a fresh food
compartment at +5°C. The thermodynamic factors for the compartments described in Annex
V, points from g.1) to g.5) are as in following Table3:
Table 3: Thermodynamic factors for refrigerating appliance compartments
Compartment
Nominal Temperature
Wine storage Compartment/Other
compartment
Design Temperature
Cellar compartment
+12°C
0.65
Fresh food storage compartment
+5°C
1.00
Chill compartment
0°C
1.25
Ice making compartment and 0-star
compartment
0°C
1.25
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 69
Hifab Oy
One-star compartment
-6°C
1.55
Two-star compartment
-12°C
1.85
Three-star compartment
-18°C
2.15
Food freezer compartment (four-star
compartment)
-18°C
2.15
Notes:
i.
for wine storage compartments the thermodynamic factor shall be determined by the
coldest nominal temperature, included in the relevant temperature range, capable of
being set by a user and maintained continuously according to the manufacturer
instructions;
ii.
for multi-use compartments, the thermodynamic factor shall be determined by the
warmest temperature of the coldest storage temperature range for the cabinet or
compartment capable of being set by a user and maintained continuously according to the
manufacturer instructions;
iii.
for any two-star section (within a freezer) the thermodynamic factor shall be determined
considering a temperature of -12 °C;
iv.
for other compartments the thermodynamic factor shall be determined by the coldest
nominal temperature capable of being set by a user and maintained continuously
according to the manufacturer instructions.
FF: is the volume correction factor for the presence of a ‘no frost’ function (Table 4);
BI: is the volume correction factor for built in appliances (Table 4);
TD: is the volume correction factor for the transparent door (Table 4).
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 70
Hifab Oy
Table 4: Value of the correction factors
Correction factor
Value
FF(Frost-Free)
1.2
For Frost-free (Ventilated) frozen food compartments
1
Otherwise
1.2
For T class (Tropical) appliances
1.1
For ST class (Subtropical) appliances
1
Otherwise
1.2
For built-in appliances of under 58cm in width
1
Otherwise
1.05
For compartments having a door with a free
transparent area of 90% of their access opening
1
Otherwise
CC (Climate class)
BI (Built – in)
TD (Transparent door)
Conditions
The refrigerating appliance equivalent volume, in liter and recorded to the first integer, is then
calculated as:
Where n is the number of compartments,
Tc is the nominal temperature of the compartment in Table 2.
3. Calculation of the Energy Efficiency Index
For the calculation of the EEI, the energy consumption of any given appliance is compared to the
reference energy consumption of the same category of appliance with an identical equivalent volume.
The Energy Efficiency Index is calculated as:
and is rounded to the first decimal place,
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 71
Hifab Oy
Where:
-AC is the annual energy consumption of the refrigerating appliance
-SC is the standard annual energy consumption of the refrigerating appliance.
The annual energy consumption AC of a refrigerating appliance is calculated in KWh/year and
recorded to two places, as:
AC=E24h 365
Where E24h is the energy consumption of the refrigerating appliance in kWh/24h and rounded to
three decimal places.
The Standard Annual Energy Consumption SC of a refrigerating appliance is calculated,
in kWh/year and recorded to two decimal places, as:
SC=
Where:
-
is the equivalent volume of the refrigerating appliance
-CH is an allowance equal to 50KWh/year given to appliances with a chill compartment of at least 15
liters
-M and N values depend from the appliance category as in Table 05:
Table 5: M and N values by appliance category
Category
M
N
1.
0.233
245
2.
0.233
245
3.
0.233
245
4.
0.643
191
5.
0.45
245
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 72
Hifab Oy
6.
0.777
303
7.
0.777
303
8.
0.539
315
9.
0.472
286
10.
a
a
a:
For category 10 refrigerating appliances the M and N values depend on the temperature and the star rating
of the compartment with the lowest storage temperature capable of being set by a user and maintained
continuously according to the manufacturer instructions. When only other compartment as defined in Table
2 is present, M and N values for category 1 shall apply.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 73
Hifab Oy
Annex 2
Energy efficiency measurement for washing machines -Verification procedure for market
surveillance purposes
The measurements shall be carried out on three more household washing machines. The arithmetic
mean of the measured values of these three household washing machines shall meet the values
declared by the supplier within the range defined in Table 2, except for the energy consumption,
where the measured value shall not be greater than the rated value of Et by more than 6%.
Otherwise, the model and all other equivalent household washing machines models shall be
considered not to comply with the requirements.
Basic parameters
Table 1
Measured parameter
Verification tolerances
Annual energy consumption
The measured value shall not be greater than the
rated value* of AEC by more than 10 %.
Annual energy consumption
The measured value shall not be greater than the
rated value of Et by more than 10%.
Program time
The measured value shall not be longer than the rated
values Tt by more than 10%.
Water consumption
The measured value shall not be greater than the
rated value of Wt by more than 10%.
Remaining moisture content
The measured value shall not be greater than the
rated value of D by more than 10%.
Spin speed
The measured value shall not be less than the
rated value by more than 10%.
Power consumption in off – mode and left on mode
The measured value of power consumption Po
and Pl of more than 1.00 W shall not be greater
than the rated value by more than 10%. The
measured value of power consumption Po and Pl of
less than or equal to 1.00 W shall not be
greater than the rated value by more than 0.10 W.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 74
Hifab Oy
Duration of the left on mode
The measured value shall not be longer than the rated
value of Tl by more than 10%.
Airborne acoustical noise emission
The measured value shall meet the rated value.
* ‘rated value’ means a value that is declared by the supplier.
Energy efficiency classes and spin-drying efficiency classes
1. ENERGY EFFICIENCY CLASSES
The energy efficiency class of a household washing machine shall be determined on the basis of its
Energy Efficiency Index (EEI) as set out in Table 2.
The Energy Efficiency Index (EEI) of a household washing machine shall be determined in accordance
with Annex I.
Table 2: Energy efficiency classes
Energy efficiency classes
Energy efficiency index
A+++ (most efficient)
EEI < 46
A++
46 ≤ EEI < 52
A+
52 ≤ EEI < 59
A
59 ≤ EEI < 68
B
68 ≤ EEI < 77
C
77 ≤ EEI < 87
D (least efficient)
EEI ≥ 87
2. SPIN-DRYING EFFICIENCY CLASSES
The spin-drying efficiency class of a household washing machine shall be determined on the basis of
the remaining moisture content (D) as set out in Table 3.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 75
Hifab Oy
Table 3
Spin-drying efficiency class
Remaining moisture content (%)
A (most efficient)
D < 45
B
45 ≤ D < 54
C
54 ≤ D < 63
D
63 ≤ D < 72
E
72 ≤ D < 81
F
81 ≤ D < 90
G (least efficient)
D ≥ 90
CALCULATION OF THE ENERGY EFFICIENCY INDEX
For the calculation of the Energy Efficiency Index (EEI) of a household washing machine model, the
weighted annual energy consumption of a household washing machine for the standard 60°C cotton
program at full and partial load and for the standard 40°C cotton program at partial load is compared
to its standard annual energy consumption.
a) The Energy Efficiency Index (EEI) is
where: AEC = annual energy consumption of the household washing machine;
SAEC = standard annual energy consumption of the household washing
machine.
b) The standard annual energy consumption (SAEC) is calculated in kWh/year as follows and
rounded to two decimal places:
where: c = rated capacity of the household washing machine for the standard 60°C cotton Program at
full load or the standard 40°C cotton Program at full load, whichever is the lower.
(a) The weighted annual energy consumption (AEc) is calculated in kWh/year as follows and
is rounded to two decimal places:
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 76
Hifab Oy
where:
Et = weighted energy consumption;
Po = weighted power in ‘off-mode
Pl = weighted power in the ‘left-on mode’;
Tt = weighted Program time;
220 = total number of standard washing cycles per year.
(ii) Where the household washing machine is equipped with a power management system, with the
household washing machine reverting automatically to ‘offmode’ after the end of the Program, the
weighted annual energy consumption (AEC) is calculated taking into consideration the effective
duration of 'left-on mode', according to the following formula:
Tl = time in ‘left-on mode’.
(d) The weighted energy consumption (Et) is calculated in kWh as follows and rounded to three
decimal places:
where: Et,60 = energy consumption of the standard 60°C cotton Program at full load;
Et,60½ = energy consumption of the standard 60°C cotton Program at partial load;
Et,40½ = energy consumption of the standard 40°C cotton Program at partial load.
(e) The weighted power in ‘off-mode’ (Po) is calculated in W as follows and rounded to two decimal
places:
where:
Po,60 = power in ‘off-mode’ of the standard 60°C cotton Program at full load;
Po,60½ = power in ‘off-mode’ of the standard 60°C cotton Program at partial load;
Po,40½ = power in ‘off-mode’ of the standard 40°C cotton Program at partial load.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 77
Hifab Oy
(f) The weighted power in the ‘left-on mode’ (Pl) is calculated in W as follows and rounded to two
decimal places:
where:
Pl,60 = power in ‘left-on mode’ of the standard 60°C cotton Program at full load;
Pl,60½ = power in ‘left-on mode’ of the standard 60°C cotton Program at partial load;
Pl,40½ = power in ‘left-on mode’ of the standard 40°C cotton Program at partial load.
(g) The weighted Program time (Tt) is calculated in minutes as follows and rounded to the nearest
minute:
Where:
Tt,60 = Program time of the standard 60°C cotton Program at full load;
Tt,60½ = Program time of the standard 60°C cotton Program at partial load;
Tt,40½ = Program time of the standard 40°C cotton Program at partial load.
(h) The weighted time in ‘left-on mode’ (Tl) is calculated in minutes as follows and
rounded to the nearest minute:
where:
Tl,60 = time in ‘left-on mode’ of the standard 60°C cotton Program at full load;
Tl,60½ = time in ‘left-on mode’ of the standard 60°C cotton Program at partial load.
Tl,40½ = time in ‘left-on mode’ of the standard 40°C cotton Program at partial load.
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 78
Hifab Oy
Annex 3
Cost indications for the preparatory and operational phases of the labeling and standards program
Cost line item
I.
Specific activity
Unit cost
Total Cost (Birr)
Preparatory phase activities
1. Human resources development
 Training of five experts abroad
Expert training to Tuition fee @400,000 Birr
850,000
be conducted for lump sum; return air ticket
15 days
@ Birr 15,000 /expert;
accommodation
meals
and
@
5000
Birr/day/expert
 Recruitment of new expertise Two
engineers Salaries for ten months @
(electrical
and skills
/ 8000
Birr/engineer
160,000
per
mechanical) to be month
recruited
 Benchmarking visit abroad
Three local experts Return air ticket @ Birr
72,000
tour in a partner 15,000/expert;
country for three accommodation
and
days
Birr
meals
@
3,000/expert;
no
fee
expected to be requested
from host institution.
Sub-total Human Resources (Birr)
1,082,000
2. Investment in various facilities
 Pilot Energy efficiency testing Most
laboratories
(for
essential/ Various
Washing basic
Machines, Cold Appliances)
4,000,000
test
equipment to be
purchased
 ICT equipment
Six PCs
Birr 15,000/PC
90,000
Network Switch
Birr 18,000 /Pc
18,000
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 79
Hifab Oy
Cost line item
I.
Specific activity
Unit cost
Total Cost (Birr)
LaserJet Printer
Birr 25,000/Pc
25,000
Photocopier
Birr 35,000/Pc
35,000
Preparatory phase activities
 Investment
in
transport This service may be -
vehicles
provided
by
-
the
Agency
 Investment in miscellaneous
office equipment
Chairs, tables, etc. various
90,000
purchase
Sub-total Investment in Facilities (Birr)
4,258,000
Total Preparatory Phase Budget (Birr)
5,340,000
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 80
Hifab Oy
Cost line item
Specific activity
Unit cost
Total cost
(Birr/year)
II. Operational phase recurrent
costs
 Salaries and wages
Salaries and wages Average salary @ Birr
384,000
for L&S program 8,000 /month/person
staff
of
four
persons for a fiscal
year
 Office consumable items
Annual consumable Lump sum paper cost @
14,000
items costs for L&S Birr 3,000/year; lump sum
program office
toner
cost
@Birr
11,000/year
 Utility bills
Utility bills for a Telecoms
bill
@
Birr
12,000
fiscal year for the 500/month;
program office
Electricity
bill
@Birr
500/month
 Vehicle fuel and maintenance Fuel
costs
and
maintenance
annual costs
vehicles
Maintenance cost lump
80,000
sum @ Birr 20,000/year;
for
assigned
Fuel
cost
@
Birr
5000/month
for the program
office
 Laboratory
maintenance costs
equipment Laboratory
Lump sum cost @ Birr
150,000
equipment annual 150,000/year
maintenance
and
consumables costs
Total annual budget for the operational phase
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
640,000
Page 81
Hifab Oy
Annex 4: Gantt chart showing lineup of preparatory phase activities
Year 1 – 2012
Year 2 - 2013
National Energy Efficiency Labeling Program Proposal (ESEE, Hifab Oy)
Page 82
Annex 2
Demand Side Management for Climate
Change Adaption for the Ethiopian Power
Sector:
Vol II
Proposal for Launching
Energy Audit Program
Final Report
August 2012
Page 83 of 257
Hifab Oy
Table of Content
Executive Summary .............................................................................................................................. 85
1.
Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 86
1.1.
2.
Description of the Report ..................................................................................................... 86
Energy Management and Audit .................................................................................................... 88
2.1.
Energy Audit – What it is ...................................................................................................... 88
2.2.
Types of Energy Audit ........................................................................................................... 89
2.3.
Phases of Energy Audit ......................................................................................................... 90
2.4.
Tools for the Energy Audit .................................................................................................... 91
2.5.
The Audit Report – Major Parts ............................................................................................ 94
2.6.
Energy Audit Methodology ................................................................................................... 95
3.
Energy Utilization and Environment ............................................................................................. 99
4.
Implementing Energy Audit Program ......................................................................................... 101
5.
4.1.
Establishing a Responsible body ......................................................................................... 102
4.2.
Crafting policy to support energy audit .............................................................................. 103
4.3.
Establishing funds for energy audits................................................................................... 103
4.4.
Energy Auditing Training..................................................................................................... 103
4.5.
Creation of international cooperation for energy activities ............................................... 103
4.6.
Benchmarking energy efficiency and pollution level.......................................................... 104
4.7.
Energy Auditors .................................................................................................................. 106
4.8.
Incentives for energy efficient products and services ........................................................ 109
4.9.
Proposed Action Plan.......................................................................................................... 110
Conclusions and Recommendations ........................................................................................... 114
Conclusion....................................................................................................................................... 114
Recommendations .......................................................................................................................... 114
6.
References .................................................................................................................................. 139
pg. 84
Hifab Oy
Executive Summary
Energy audit is a process of identifying energy conservation opportunities for an effective
and judicious use of energy. Energy audit practices are divided in three types, these are,
preliminary, standard and computer simulation (detailed) audit. In the preliminary phases
of an energy audit usually energy bills are analyzed, in the standard audit some
measurements of different energy parameters using energy audit tools are gathered and
energy uses and losses are quantified on equipment and systems with economic
evaluations of energy conservation opportunities. In the detailed audit, computer
simulations and more analytical skills are used for even better conservation opportunities.
The total energy audit activity can be divided in three phases. The first phase is data
collection and studying of the organization to be audited. The data collected in the first
phase is summarized for use in the next phases. In the second phase, actual measurements
of energy parameters are taken using energy audit instruments, and deferent s showing
energy efficiency and performance of equipment are calculated. In the final phase of an
energy audit, on the bases of the collected data and the analysis from the second phase, an
implementation program is launched targeting reduction in energy consumption.
The government should support an energy audit program by setting long and short term
strategies, establishing specific goals, providing incentives for improvements in the trend of
energy consumption, promoting best practices etc. the government should work also to
strengthen and to develop the knowledge and skills of local energy auditors both financially
and technically.
Benchmarking data of energy consumption and pollution level for different sectors and
systems should also be gathered and compiled so that, local manufacturers, service
providers and industries can compare and take actions on their Energy consumption so
that, they can approach best practices in other countries.
pg. 85
Hifab Oy
1. Introduction
The ever increasing cost of energy and the need for mitigating the emission levels of
industries around the world is impelling different governments, institutions and
nongovernmental organizations to bring about changes in the type and source of
energy. The mentioned reasons are also the bases for the need of efficient utilization
of energy.
Energy management is one of the means of reducing energy consumption, while
keeping productivity and services same or even better. An energy audit practices is
one of the tools of effective and efficient utilization of energy. An energy audit can
be in different Thermal and Electrical system that are found in industries,
commercial buildings and in residential buildings,
An energy audit is a process of evaluating where a building or plant uses energy, and
identify opportunities to reduce consumption. An energy auditor examines each and
every systems and equipment using standard energy audit tools for proper
generation, distribution, consumption, conversion, transfer of energy. The process of
an energy audit also identifies possible energy consumption reduction opportunities
and also identifies improvements that should be undertaken.
Reduction in energy consumption is not the only out come from the energy
management and audit process, reduction in emission levels and business
competitiveness are among the results of launching complete energy audit program.
1.1
Description of the Report
The document consist a brief introduction to energy auditing, Energy management
and discusses, different aspects of energy auditing such as phases of energy audit,
list equipment for energy audit, standard structures of an energy audit report and
the basic methodologies of energy auditing practice.
The methodologies of controlling energy use in industries, with some measures that
should be taken to reduce the use of energy are also suggested. Means of enabling
continuous gathering of energy related data continuous monitoring of energy use in
pg. 86
Hifab Oy
industries and emission levels are also suggested. activities that should be
accomplished prior to controlling are also discussed under the chapter “Controlling
of Energy Use and Emission”
The need for bench marking of energy use and pollution levels in industries and in
service areas for different sectors is also discussed with methodologies that should
be followed with some suggested actions. In the annex part of this guideline,
international practices and energy use performances of few sectors of some
countries are presented.
The “Energy auditors” part of the guideline has presented the need of local energy
auditors and basic requirements that should be fulfilled when one wants to be an
Energy Auditor. The threats and opportunities that new entrants to the business of
energy auditors may face are also discussed.
In the last part of guideline the importance of incentives and rewards for efficient
services and products are briefed. Different types of incentives like taxation,
subsidies, bank loans etc. are presented with experience of other countries.
pg. 87
Hifab Oy
2. Energy Management and Audit
Energy management is defined as the judicious and effective use of energy to
maximize profits (Minimize costs) and enhance competitive positions in business. In
most cases, energy is the major cost (Input) item of a product during production and
distribution. Saving the amount of energy used means reducing the production cost
of a product.
Curtailment and brown outs of energy occur when there is shortage in the supply of
energy due to weather or distribution problems, however, even when there is
curtailments in some parts of the country, there is a considerable amount of energy
wastage in equipment, systems, facilities which are not curtailed.
According to some literatures, in United States of America, An energy cost savings of
5%-15% is usually obtained quickly with little or no capital expenditure. When an
aggressive energy management program is launched, an eventual savings of 30% is
common, and savings of 50%, 60%, and even 70% have been reported when retrofit
activities are implemented. Such savings are obtained in the developed world where
there is better handling and of equipment. In the case of Ethiopia, most of the time
due to insufficient knowledge and skill, equipment are maintained, handled and
conditioned in a poor manner.
Energy management can also be remedy for protecting the environment from
pollution this is because efficient use of energy results in conservation.
New buildings designed to be energy efficient often operate on 20% of the energy
(with a corresponding 80% savings) normally required by existing buildings.
In fact, for most manufacturing industries and other commercial organizations
energy management is one of the most promising profit improvement-cost
reduction programs available today.
2.1
Energy Audit – What it is
pg. 88
Hifab Oy
An energy audit can be simply defined as a process to evaluate where a building or
plant uses energy, and identify opportunities to reduce consumption. The level of an
energy audit activity should depend on the energy conservation opportunities
whereas the focus of an energy auditing activities depends on the type of facility to
be audited. For example, a building audit may emphasize the building envelope,
lighting, heating, and ventilation requirements. On the other hand, an audit of an
industrial plant emphasizes the process requirements.
2.2
Types of Energy Audit
Level 1- The Walk-through Audit
This type of audit is a tour of the facility to visually inspect each of the energy using
systems, including gathering and analysis of energy bills to learn the energy use
patterns. Walk= through audit is the least cost audit, it identifies saving potentials
and its results are usually used to determine the scope of energy audit.
Level-2 Standard Audit
The standard audit goes on to quantify energy uses and losses through a more
detailed review and analysis of equipment, systems, and operational characteristics.
This analysis may also include some on-site measurement and testing to quantify
energy use and efficiency of various systems. Standard energy engineering
calculations are also used to analyze efficiencies and calculate energy and costs
savings based on improvements and changes to each system. The standard audit will
also include an economic analysis of recommended conservation measures.
This may need investment depending on the size and complexity of the system.
Level-3 computer simulation
This level of the audit is more detail assessment of the use of energy. This is
accomplished through use of computer simulation. The auditor will develop a
computer simulation of building/systems that will account for weather and other
variables and predict year-round energy use. The auditor's goal is to build a base for
comparison that is consistent with the actual energy consumption of the facility.
After this baseline is built, the auditor will then make changes to improve efficiency
pg. 89
Hifab Oy
of various systems and measure the effects compared to the baseline. This method
also accounts for interactions between systems to help prevent overestimation of
savings.
Because of the time involved in collecting detailed equipment information,
operational data, and setting up an accurate computer model, this is the most
expensive level of energy audit but may be warranted if the facility or systems are
more complex in nature.
Because of the time involved in collecting detailed equipment information,
operational data, and setting up an accurate computer model, this is the most
expensive level of energy audit but may be warranted if the facility or systems are
more complex in nature.
2.3
Phases of Energy Audit
The energy audit is usually done in three important phases these are
Phase 1 (Preparation for an Energy Audit)
In these phase, the following important data about the facility is gathered and
complied.
 Energy bills,
 Trends of energy consumption,
 Products,
 Operating hours,
 Services,
 Production and maintenance schedules,
 Weather data
 Plant layout
 Equipment list
The data collected in this phase of the audit, should be compiled, summarized and
should be presented in graphs or tables.
The necessary audit tools, should be gathered under these phase with an audit team
that is capable of performing the task.
pg. 90
Hifab Oy
Phase II (Facility Survey)
In the facility survey phase, detailed data about the facility should be collected using
survey instruments. The facility inspection should examine the following major
systems.
 Boiler and steam distribution system
 Building envelop
 Heating ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) system
 Electrical supply system
 The lighting system
 The hot water distribution system
 The chilled water distribution system
 The compressed air distribution system
 The motors
 Manufacturing system and machineries, etc
Since the above listed systems consume almost all the energy supplied to a facility,
inspection and a close look is necessary. In so doing, identification of energy
conservation opportunities is possible.
Phase III (Implementation of Audit Recommendation)
Based on the collected data and the analysis from the second phase, an
implementation program is launched targeting reduction in energy consumption and
enhancement in production. For effective implementation, an action plan showing
mechanisms of achieving the said savings should be developed. In addition, a team
of professionals responsible for implementation of the recommendation should be
established with the necessary resources that enable execution of the energy
conservation activities.
2.4
Tools for the Energy Audit
The tools and instrumentation depend on the level and the type of the audit to be
conducted. The following are the general and basic tools required for an energy
audit and an energy auditor or an energy audit team should acquire.
pg. 91
Hifab Oy
Length meter
Length meter is used to measure the dimensions of floor areas, walls windows,
distance between equipment, length of pipes etc.
LUX meter
The Lux meter is required to measure the illumination levels and the intensity of light
that falls on a surface. To get accurate measurements, the measurement of the
lighting should be done when the visual tasks are actually performed.
Care must be taken not to cast shadow on the surface of the sensor. Light meters
used to measure lighting levels in the home, office, restaurant, school, etc. differ
from conventional photographic meters in that light meters relate to the way the
human eye sees light, while photographic exposure meters relate to the way film
"sees" light.
Data loggers
Data loggers can be used to monitor and record building and system conditions,
unattended, on a 24-hour, around-the-clock basis. This allows for a more complete
and accurate picture of the target system's overall performance, than a simple "spot
check" would provide.
Thermometers
Temperature measurement is important to know process and equipment efficiencies
and gives indication of potential heat recovery. Infrared guns and thermocouples can
be used to take surface temperature and fluid temperatures in HVAC, boilers,
furnaces, hot water and steam distribution applications.
Data loggers with
appropriate sensors can also be used in taking measurements uninterrupted when
there is a need for such data.
Humidity level meter
Humidity level measurement is important in HVAC applications to learn about the
indoor air quality and comfort. As in the case of the temperature measurement, data
loggers can be used to take measurements
pg. 92
Hifab Oy
Voltmeters
A voltmeter is useful for determining operating voltages on electrical equipment,
Watt meter
A watt meter is used for determining the power consumption and power factor of
individual motors and other inductive devices, and the load factors of motors.
AC Clamp meter
An AC Clamp meter is used to determine the current consumption and phase
balance of individual motors and system loads.
Power Quality analyzer
Power quality is a measure of the deviation of voltage, frequency, and harmonic
content in the supply and the analyzer is an intelligent instrument with capacity to
record and analyze a set of important parameters to monitor the quality of the
supply.
Combustion Analyzer
A combustion analyzer is used to measure combustion efficiency of boilers, furnaces
and any other fossil fuel fired equipment
Ultrasonic leak detector
It is used for detecting compressed air and refrigerant leaks. Ultrasonic lead
detectors can also be used in identifying faulty steam traps and bearings.
Air flow measurement devices
The air flow measurement devices are used to measure air flows in HVAC
application. It is used to check the air flows from supply and return systems. They are
also used in measuring combustion air flows to combustion chambers.
Ultrasonic flow-meter
Ultrasonic flow meter is non-contact flow measuring device which uses the Doppler
effect or ultrasound. A transmitter and receiver are positioned on opposite sides of
the pipe and the meter indicates the flow directly. Water and other fluid flows can
be measured easily with this meter. Ultrasonic flow meters will generally do not
pg. 93
Hifab Oy
work with distilled water or drinking water. Aerations would be required in the clean
liquid applications. Ultrasonic flow meters are also ideal for applications where low
pressure drop, chemical compatibility and low maintenance are required
Thermal imaging device
This is an intelligent device to detect hot spots before they cause trouble and to
measure and indicate the temperature with indication of machine condition. It help
to determine if the temperature is within acceptable limits for rotating static
machinery and electrical equipment.
Blower door attachment
Building or structure tightness can be measured with a blower door attachment. This
device is frequently used in residences and in office buildings to determine the air
leakage rate or the number of air changes per hour in the facility. This often helps
determine whether the facility has substantial structural or duct leaks that need to
be found and sealed.
Smoke Generator
Smoke generator is used in residences, offices and other buildings to find air
infiltration and leakage around doors, windows, ducts and other structural features.
2.5
The Audit Report – Major Parts
The energy audit activity shall end with an audit report containing recommendations
and proposals for energy saving opportunities. The audit report shall contain the
following major sections:
Facility Description

Product, service, materials flow and their volume

Size, construction, facility layout, and hours of operation

Equipment list, with specifications

Principal processes and their order

Key processes and processes equipment from energy consumption point
of view
pg. 94
Hifab Oy

A description of the delivery / production of heat, electric power and
water at the auditing object
Energy Analysis

Utility rate structures

Tables and graphs of energy consumptions and costs

Discussion of energy costs and energy bills

The total cost, cost distribution, unit cost as well as the development of
overall consumption, and costs in the past years. Also, any changes in the
structure of the production process shall be presented, as well as changes
in production volumes and the number of staff.

The distribution of the energy within a facility should be presented in
Sankey or equivalent diagram.
Energy Management Opportunities

Listing of potential EMOs

Cost and savings analysis

Economic evaluation
Energy Action Plan
2.6

Recommended EMOs and an implementation schedule

Designation of an energy monitor and ongoing program
Energy Audit Methodology
The following are some of the basic methodologies that shall be followed during
conducting energy audit activity
Initial Discussion with Key Facility Personnel (Entrance Conference)
During the discussion with the facility personnel, the topics should focus on: audit
objectives and scope of work, facility rules and regulations, roles and responsibilities
of audit team members, and description of scheduled audit activities.
In addition to this, information related to operating characteristics of the facility,
energy system specifications, operating and maintenance practices, preliminary
areas of investigation, unusual operating constraints, anticipated future expansions
or other concerns related to facility operations, should be gathered.
pg. 95
Hifab Oy
Tour of the facility proposed to be audited
After the entrance conference, it is imperative to arrange a tour of the facility to
observe the various operations, focusing on the major energy consuming systems
identified during the interview including the architectural, lighting and power,
mechanical, and process energy systems.
Document Review
This process involves the review of the facility documentation collected during the
initial visit and subsequent kick-off meeting. The review is carried out with the
facility representatives and the documentation should include all available
architectural and engineering plans, facility operation and maintenance procedures
and logs, and utility bills preferably for the previous three years. It should be noted
that the available plans should represent "as-built" rather than "design" conditions.
Otherwise, there may be some minor discrepancies between the systems evaluated
as part of the audit and those actually installed at the facility.
Facility Inspection
After a thorough review of the construction and operating documentation, the major
energy consuming processes in the facility are further investigated to gain
understanding of their behavior during the operations. Where appropriate, field
measurements are collected to substantiate operating parameters.
Staff Interviews
Subsequent to the facility inspection, the audit team meets again with the facility
staff to review preliminary findings and the recommendations being considered
based on those findings. Given that the objective of the audit is to identify strategies
and measures that have high value to the customer, the involvement and inputs of
the management at this point in time, helps establish the priorities that form the
foundation of the energy audit. In addition, interviews are also scheduled with key
representatives designated by the facility as having information relevant to the
energy audit. These representatives may include suppliers and operators of
specialized equipment such as HVAC, Building Management Systems, pumps,
transformers, boiler, and major energy consuming system service and maintenance
and utility representatives.
pg. 96
Hifab Oy
Utility Analysis
The utility analysis is a detailed review of energy bills from the previous 12 to 36
months. This should include all purchased energy, water, as well as any energy
generated on site. If possible, energy data is obtained and reviewed prior to visiting
the facility to insure that the site visit focuses on the most critical areas. Billing data
reviewed includes energy usage, energy demand and utility rate structure. The utility
data is normalized for changes in climate and facility operation and used as a
baseline to compute projected energy savings for evaluated Energy Conservation
Measures ECMs.
Identify/Evaluate Feasible Energy Conservation Measures (ECMs)
Typically, an energy audit would lead to several measures aiming to conserve the
resources. They may vary from a simple operation related changes that may yield a
simple and quick payback to major facility modifications that requires models,
simulations, elaborate economic analysis and feasibility. In other words, the ECMS
vary from Low cost or No cost option to an option requiring considerable funding.
A list of major energy conservation measures (ECMs) is developed for each of the
major energy consuming systems (i.e., building envelope, HVAC, lighting, power,
Water and process). Based upon a final review of all information and data gathered
about the facility, and based on the reactions obtained from the facility personnel at
the conclusion of the field survey review, a finalized list of energy conservation
measures (ECMs) is developed and reviewed with the facility manager.
Economic Analysis
The identified energy conservation opportunity are evaluated economically and
presented with different indexes like payback period and cost benefit indicators,
based on the saving that may be achieved.
Prepare a Report Summarizing Audit Findings
The results of the findings and recommendations are summarized in the final report.
The report includes the executive summary, a description of the facilities and their
operation, a discussion of all major energy consuming systems, a description of all
recommended ECMs with their specific energy impact, implementation costs,
pg. 97
Hifab Oy
benefits and payback. The report incorporates a summary of all the activities and
effort performed throughout the project with specific conclusions and
recommendations.
The report shall outline the objectives and scope of audit, description of
characteristics and Operational conditions of equipment/systems audited, findings in
the audit, ECMs identified Corresponding savings and implementing costs,
recommendations on ECM implementation program and any other follow-up
actions.
In the development of the audit report the following should be given appropriate
attention
 Base line numerical data that are used in calculation should be specified
 In the event of numeric estimates, a clear justification of the bases of
estimation should be provided
 The energy balance sheets of an industry energy analysis and process
industry energy analysis shall be based primarily on measurements and
calculations
Second Discussion with Key Facility Personnel (Exit Conference)
 Discuss the findings of preliminary audit before preparation of the final
audit report.
Review Recommendations with Facility Management
A formal presentation of the final recommendations is given to facility
management team to furnish with sufficient data on benefits and costs to
make a decision on which ECMs are to be implemented.
pg. 98
Hifab Oy
3.
Energy Utilization and Environment
Energy auditing activities can help Ethiopia to mitigate the problem that arises from
the growing demand for energy and to reduce the emission levels of effluents to the
environment. In order to curb the said impact, there must be strong commitment
with strong policy support.
The country does not have much experience in the area of energy audit and as a
beginner a lot has to be done to improve the quality of energy audit service that is to
be rendered to different facilities. The Ministry of Water and Energy should guide
and control the activities of energy auditing by:
Setting goals,
The Ministry should prepare and develop energy assessment and audit goals that are
focused in energy consumption reduction through energy auditing. In order to
establish feasible and achievable goals the Ministry shall study the trends of energy
consumption in different sectors in the country.
Specific goals shall be set for different sectors and a cumulative level of energy
consumption reduction at the national level should be clearly specified and the goal
setting should be accompanied by assessment and evaluation mechanisms.
Developing long and short term strategies
Strong implementation and achievement strategies of energy auditing for different
sectors based on priorities and potential saving opportunities should be established
in order to achieve the goals set and to harness the benefits, the energy audit and
assessment can offer.
Provide incentives to institutions that are monitoring and controlling their energy
consumption through energy auditing.
International experience shows that financial as well as other types of incentives are
often offered to encourage participation in energy audit practices. A study should be
launched that work on the type of incentives that would attract local manufacturers
and service providers to implement energy management activities in their
pg. 99
Hifab Oy
organization. The incentive should be granted based on the amount of energy
consumption reduction achieved and based on the commitment they have shown.
Supporting the institutions and firms engaged in energy auditing and energy management
activities
Those companies that are committed to bring about energy efficiency and pollution
reduction may need support from the government for better results. The support
from the government could be in terms of expertise and in providing energy audit
tools.
Work on building strong capacity related to energy audits
A strong team of energy auditors with well-equipped energy audit tools and audit
materials should be established, to perform energy auditing for different companies
in the country. The audit team can also provide training to company personnel.
Creating know how of energy management and audit alone has a great impact in
energy conservation.
Promoting the benefits of energy auditing
Concentrated efforts are needed by the Ministry to integrate and to use the results
of the separate energy audit activities of different facilities, for the development of
the techniques and knowledge of energy audit.
Different core activities that should be undertaken for better results of energy
conservation through the energy audit and assessment activities are discussed in
brief.
pg. 100
Hifab Oy
4.
Implementing Energy Audit Program
One of the objectives of the Demand Side Management (DSM) study is introducing
mandatory energy audit practice in the Country to ensure energy efficiency and
conservation policy.
Improving energy efficiency is a critical response to the critical climate change,
economic development and energy security challenges facing many countries today.
However, achieving energy efficiency improvements can be difficult. It requires a
combination of technology development, market mechanisms and government
policies that can influence the actions of millions of energy consumers, from large
factories to individual households. Governments, energy efficiency stakeholders and
the private sector must work together in order to achieve the scale and timing of
energy efficiency improvements needed for sustainable and secure economic
development (International Energy Agency, 2010)
In Ethiopia, energy efficiency, specifically in industries/factories significant attention
have not been given, while in service and residential sectors recently action have
been taken to improve energy efficiency by government including improving
efficiency of traditional cooking stoves and substituting incandescent and fluorescent
bulbs by compacted fluorescent lumps (CFLs).
The only organized study on industrial energy efficiency was conducted by Merz and
McClellan, Association with Briam Robinson Association who entered into contract
with the Ethiopian National Energy committee of Ministry of Mine and Energy to
carry out industrial energy efficiency studies in November1989 in the country. The
firm provided the overview of the fifteen factories (table 1) energy auditing report
and present information on the relative worth of energy efficiency measures
identified.
The scope of the energy audit encompassed all energy forms used in the production
process of the factories. According to the study conducted the total energy
consumed in the fifteen establishments studied amounted to about 2900TJ in
1987/8 of this about 1450 TJ or 48% was estimated to have been rejected to
atmosphere without doing useful work (Industrial Energy Efficiency Project Factory
pg. 101
Hifab Oy
Audits Summary Report 1989). Energy consumption of audited factories was covered
by of all forms of energy i.e. 30% fuel oil, 18% electricity, 51% bagasse and 1%
others (including fuel wood, gas and butane)
Since 1988 there was no well organized energy efficiency auditing in both industrial
and other sectors. This is may be due to absence of institutional arrangement
recommended by consulting firm (see recommended institutional arrangement in
Industrial Energy Efficiency Project Factory Audits Summary Report 1989). The
discontinuity of auditing energy performance for industries and other sectors
(because more attention was given to production) results the lack of effective energy
efficiency strategy and action plan consequently limited energy products of the
country were wasted which results negative economical and environmental impacts.
In order to reduce the burden on limited energy products of the country and
facilitate the implementation sustainable development, significant attention should
have to given to improve both energy efficiency of supply side (measures to increase
efficiency within the electricity supply including better efficiency of thermal power
plants, and lower losses in transmission and distribution) and demand side (including
measure to reduce the energy required to light, cool or heat customers’ buildings,
and to operate their equipment and appliances) using appropriate mechanism. This
part of green growth Ethiopia focuses on sectoral energy efficiency improvement
action plan to reduce energy intensification to contribute to environmental friendly
development.
4.1
Establishing a Responsible body
Different countries have their own governmental body responsible for improving
energy efficiency in the country. US DOE (US department of energy), the energy
conservation center of Japan, are some examples. These national organizations are
responsible for efficient utilization of energy.
Establishing such entity is very important to insure the monitoring of efficient
utilization of energy in different sectors and can also be responsible for controlling
the energy audit activities in the country.
pg. 102
Hifab Oy
The specific activities of the national entity of energy efficiency could be facilitating
researches of energy auditing, certification of energy auditors, controlling the
activities of energy auditors, controlling the audit activities of government
institutions, setting goals for energy efficiency by different sectors, organizing and
producing documents related to energy efficiency and energy auditing, forming the
professional links with other countries, and providing energy audit training to
energy auditors.
4.2
Crafting policy to support energy audit
For a better output of saving in energy consumption, a policy that would support the
activities of energy audits in the country is mandatory and should be incorporated in
legislative and regulatory laws. Such efforts would enhance the benefits of energy
audits and will contribute for long term, continuous and integrated activities. It will
also contribute to build a culture of energy use assessment in the private and
government institutions
4.3
Establishing funds for energy audits
The government shall establish specific funds to support private and governmental
institutions which has commitment and good conservation potential by establishing
energy efficient funds for implementing recommendations obtained from energy
audit activities,
4.4
Energy Auditing Training
Energy audit trainings shall be organized and shall be conducted to professionals,
and energy auditors to enhance the quality of energy auditing activities in the
country.
The Ministry shall put efforts to include energy audit and energy
management related course in the curriculum of engineering courses so that
professional engineers would become conscious about energy efficiency.
4.5
Creation of international cooperation for energy activities
The Ministry can establish information gathering mechanism on international energy
auditing experience for benchmarking. Energy saving practices in other countries can
pg. 103
Hifab Oy
be considered for similar local companies. This would encourage investment in
activities that would give best results in terms of energy efficiency.
Sharing information on energy audit methodologies and assessment tools, and
collaborating on building strong capacity in energy auditing with different countries
can help the Ministry to improve the quality of the energy audit services.
4.6
Benchmarking energy efficiency and pollution level
In today's competitive world, benchmarking is recognized as an effective approach
towards improvement in productivity, quality and other dimensions of performance
that are determinants of competitiveness.
Energy conservation through benchmarking can be broadly categorized as "Process
benchmarking" involving the following basic steps:
 Identify the best available technology for the individual process units.
 Collect information to thoroughly understand the process and identify
key/controlling parameters. Determine the performance of the process unit.
 Analyse the gap between the existing and the benchmark for the key
controlling parameters. Set targets or benchmarks, keeping constraints in
view, and Implement improvements based on findings.
The Ministry should prepare bench marking energy efficiency and emission data for
different factories so that, it can be used as a reference for the local industries.
Establishing and providing, benchmarking data will enable local manufacturers and
service providers to be prompted to energy conservation activities and measures.
The Ministry can work in collaboration with local associations, professional societies
and universities in establishing local benchmarking data of different sectors by
collecting energy consumption data and using the best practice as a local
benchmark. The roll of those associations and institutes mentioned above could be
collection, organizing and calculation energy efficiency figures.
The statistics and the data collected should show energy production, conversion and
consumption by source, production and sector (manufacturing, transportation,
pg. 104
Hifab Oy
heating of buildings and others), energy prices, taxes, imports and exports and
greenhouse gas emissions. After such data are collected and compiled, it should be
published and distributed to stake holders.
Results of industrial energy audits can be used in benchmarking the energy
performance of local industrial enterprises against their domestic and international
peers. The benchmarking helps enterprises identify gaps while at the same time
enabling the Ministry to pay attention to enterprises that are performing relatively
poorly in terms of energy efficiency and emission levels when compared with the
benchmarks
A systematic approach should also be devised and launched for collection of energy
and emission related data yearly, from local factories and institutions including best
practices and findings of energy auditing and management activities.
The benchmarking of energy consumption should be accompanied by follow up of
local industries for the improvement of the consumption and emission levels. Based
on the comparison results, those that are far below the standards should be advised
and supported for possible improvements. Best practices in energy consumption and
utilization should be collected organized and distributed to similar sectors, so that
those that need improvement can implement them and achieve better results.
Following to the collection of energy consumption and emission data, the data
should be summarized based on industries and services, and should be compared
with the international bench mark.
The Ministry should help and should work together and provide support to local
industries so that, they can set reduction of energy consumption targets with an
action plan that can be used in achieving the set target. The reduction target could
be in terms of percentages in reduction of:

space air conditioning

hot water generation and distribution

steam generation and distribution

increase in waste heat recovery

electric energy consumption in electric equipment and appliances energy
pg. 105
Hifab Oy
Those targets should be economically feasible and the action plan to be developed
should prioritize activities based on the potential energy saving they may result in.
4.7
Energy Auditors
An energy audit should be carried out by a professional and competent person
having adequate knowledge of mechanical and Electrical systems. Having good
technical knowledge alone is not enough to become an energy auditor. An energy
auditor should be certified and should be well equipped with the necessary energy
audit tools and materials.
In order to build a strong capacity of energy auditors a training and certification
program of energy auditors should be designed. Many countries have developed
systematic training programs to ensure successful energy audit programs. In the U.S.,
for example, DOE’s Industrial Technologies Program has a 35 training program
throughout the year and around the country that provides system-wide and
component-specific trainings to enterprises and qualifies energy professionals for
energy assessment. To become a qualified energy specialist for conducting energy
assessment, individuals need to attend one of the qualification trainings, pass
practical and/or written tests, and become proficient in using energy audit
instruments.
Fostering professionals through encouragement to pursue their career in energy
audit and performance assessment can increase the number of qualified engineers in
the country and industries can use these individuals to play a crucial role in achieving
energy efficiency.
The required result cannot be achieved through only training and encouragement.
The certification program of energy auditors is also mandatory. Those countries
which have better experience in energy audits have gone further to not just train but
also certify auditors. The Association of Energy Engineers (AEE) in the U.S. developed
dual certification programs, the Certified Energy Auditor (CEA) and Certified Energy
Auditor in Training (CEAIT) programs, which, are both recognized by the U.S. federal
government, as well as by Fortune 1000 corporations, utilities and energy service
companies can be mentioned as an example. In those programs, all applicants are
pg. 106
Hifab Oy
required to meet specific educational and/or experience criteria, complete an
extensive energy auditing training program, and pass a four-hour written
examination with questions covering a great diversity of areas of knowledge such as
energy auditing methodology, auditing instrumentation, auditing tools, economic
analysis, building systems technology, lighting, HVAC, building envelope, controls,
boilers and steam systems, water auditing, and reviewing auditing reports. In order
to remain certified, energy professionals need to accumulate eight professional
credits every three years by carrying out energy auditing activities, participating in
energy auditing-related seminars and college courses, and obtaining professional
awards or having papers presented and published relative to energy auditing.
It is imperative to certify energy auditors in order to mitigate the risk of unnecessary
investment and false recommendation. Accreditation programs can be prepared for
both individuals and companies that pursue there carrier in energy audit. Companies
can be certified and accredited based on their staff and equipment they acquire in
order to conduct an energy audit while, Individuals can be certified based on the
knowledge and experience they have. As in the case of the above example the
certification process should not be one time activity and professionals should be
forced to develop their knowledge regarding energy.
Controlling mechanism of those certified and renewal of certificates is also
important for better and quality energy audit services.
Encouraging
local professional and assisting those that are aspiring to become
energy auditors and making energy audits a s a career opportunity should also be
given considerable attention.
In many countries the payment for the work of energy auditing is done based on the
performance based contracting. Which means that auditor’s payment for the tasks
such as supply of energy equipment, consultations, energy management services
and audit services is directly linked to the amount of energy saved.
Threats of Energy Auditors
Many facility and industry owners and government bodies are not aware of energy
auditing and the benefits of auditing. There is also uncertainty in the capacity and
pg. 107
Hifab Oy
results of audit of local professionals and individuals. A great deal of work should be
done to develop confidence in the area of energy auditing. In order to build the
confidence it is imperative to introduce and undertake workshops seminars,
certification and accreditation programs.
Financial constraints are also major treats of energy auditors to build their capacity
to provide quality services. The uncertainties that involve in the area of energy
auditing discourage activities to energy auditing and it is difficult to convince top
managers and owners to invest on energy conservation measures.
Lack of professionals having a good background in energy and energy auditing with
the required experience and knowledge is also another threats in forming strong
audit teams.
Opportunities for Energy Auditors
The ever increasing cost of energy in the world is additional burden to the economy
of Ethiopia as the hardly earned foreign currency is invested to purchase fossil fuel
from abroad.
The gap between the production capacity of electricity and the demand for
electricity is also another factor that makes energy conservation mandatory. Because
the energy saved from wastage from a system can be used in another system.
Market competitiveness is also another factor that makes people to think about
energy efficiency since energy has a significant share in the production costs.
In order to curb the mentioned problems above, we may use different approaches.
But there might not be better and more economically feasible option than energy
audit and energy management. These are therefore, opportunities for prospective
energy auditors in the country if proper promotion of energy auditing and energy
management is done.
pg. 108
Hifab Oy
4.8
Incentives for energy efficient products and services
Taxation
The results and recommendations of an energy audit report is most of the time
improving the existing system and in some cases it involves changing old and nonefficient equipment. Those equipment and systems that are major plants of
industries are most of the time imported from different countries.
Low or tax free privileges for new energy efficient products, especially those that are
recommended after an energy audit activity, can encourage local industries to
acquire energy efficient systems and equipment that can result in lower energy
consumption while enhancing productivity and business competitiveness.
Subsidies,
Some governments like the finish government has applied a subsidy of 15-40% for
energy costs, energy conservation investments, technology development costs and
for energy related information development costs. The first criteria for eligibility are
report from an authorized Energy auditor. The higher rate of subsidy is given to new
technologies and a lower rate for conventional technologies.
The different districts of China have been giving of public funds to share costs of
energy auditing to encourage enterprises identify potential energy conservation
measures so that energy consumption can be reduced. In Jiangsu, for example, the
provincial government provides a subsidy of ¥20,000 (US$2,950) to ¥30,000
(US$4,425), depending on the scale of the audit, to each of the enterprises
conducting energy audits. Providing such funds can encourage local industries,
manufacturers, and service providers which are consumers of a great deal of energy.
The Ministry can adapt such subsidies in order to promote energy auditing and
energy management activities.
The levels of the subsidies can be varied on the payback period of the particular
investment to be calculated based on the amount of saving that may result. Better
and more attractive funds can be allocated for substitutes of the conventional
technologies with renewable sources.
pg. 109
Hifab Oy
Bank loans
An energy audit report summarizes, the energy conservation measures based on the
investment they require. Capital intensive measures are categorized as long term
measures. This is because of the fact that capital should be arranged for
implementation. Some Industries may not be able to fund or to allocate budget for
those capital intensive measures.
In the mid-1970s, the Japanese Government launched an energy efficiency program,
involving low interest rate loans, called the “Fiscal Investment and Loan Program”
(FILP) Government financial institutions made loans directly to firms. For example,
the Japan Development Bank (JDB) invested in energy efficiency projects with loans
at interest rates 0.3 - 0.5 per cent lower than commercial banks. The condition was
that the energy efficiency project be financially viable. In the period between 1975
and 1993, this program dispensed 360.8 billion yen. The loans were distributed
mainly to five major industries.
In order to achieve better results on energy efficiency and to meet international
standards, it is imperative to facilitate bank loans for energy efficiency projects
based on an audit reports from an authorized energy auditor.
Promotion
Different manufacturers and service providers may not have equal energy efficiency
and emission levels of their product or services during production and distribution.
Promoting those energy efficient products and services can result in better
achievement.
Public awareness creation helps the consumer to purchase and use energy efficient
products. Services can also prompt industries to promote and implement energy
efficiency. Some countries have implemented a regulation for government purchases
towards efficient products and services.
4.9
Proposed Action Plan
The major output of this study is proposed action plan to launch a proper energy
audit plan as part of the national energy efficiency and conservation effort.
pg. 110
Hifab Oy
Both industrial and commercial sectors are candidates for energy audit activities and
it would be a matter of continuing the initial effort under the restructured Ethiopian
Electric Agency.
Current status of Ethiopian Electric Agency -> Ethiopian Energy Agency
pg. 111
Hifab Oy
IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE 2013-2014 ACTION PLAN
REGULATORY
ACTION
DESCRIPTION
Energy Efficiency Regulations
TARGET
Regulations to prescribe energy efficiency standards for products, auditing, and emission March 2013
level under the overall energy regulations
INSTITUTIONAL
ACTION
Regulatory
Authority
DESCRIPTION
for
TARGET
Energy Strengthen the regulatory body – Ethiopian Electric Agency and reorganize it as March 2013
Operations
independent entity.
Energy Efficiency Management Office
Strengthen the Energy Efficiency and Conservation Directorate in the Ethiopian Electric March 2013
Agency with sufficient number of experts and facilities.
Capacity building for implementation of
Action Plan
 Reinforcement of technical capacity within the Energy Efficiency and Conservation June 2013
Directorate for implementation of action plan.
 Develop training and capacity building programs in collaboration with tertiary
institutions.
 Allocate adequate budget for the equipping and running of the Energy Efficiency
Management Office
pg. 112
Hifab Oy
ENERGY EFFICIENCY
ACTION
Introduce
mandatory
DESCRIPTION
energy
and
environment education
TARGET
 Review the education system from the lowest to highest level to reflect concerns in June 2013
energy utilization and environmental impact
 Strengthen professional courses in energy auditing, energy management,
monitoring and targeting of sustainable building design
Run programs as a permanent activity to raise awareness of the benefits of June 2013
energy efficiency, including information on incentives/deterrents and
rights/obligations for consumers.
Public awareness
Energy Management Scheme (Nonresidential Buildings)
(i) Adoption of Energy Management Scheme
January 2014
(ii) Mandatory energy audits for designated consumers
(iii) Development of guidelines for energy management in industries
(iv) Mandatory energy audits in industries
Training
and
certification
of
energy Develop certification system for energy auditors and energy managers
April 2014
auditors
pg. 113
Hifab Oy
5. Conclusions and Recommendations
Conclusion
The country can save a lot of energy without increasing generation to serve the ever
growing number of manufacturing industries. So far, energy audit practice which is the
basis for energy efficiency and conservation has not been given proper attention.
Energy saved from inefficient system can be used in another system and this way it is
possible to narrow the gap between the supply and demand for energy. Ethiopia cannot
ensure sustainable economic development without effective conversion, distribution and
utilization of energy whether it is thermal or electrical. Energy audit and energy
management programs can result in better and effective utilization of energy resources.
As the experiences of other countries show, reduction in emission levels and environmental
pollution can be addressed through energy management programs.
The recommendations summarized hereunder and in this document need to be
implemented for a better utilization of energy and for minimum emission levels.
Recommendations
At the national level, a coordinated energy audit programs to identify energy wastage and
losses should be implemented and the energy that is being wasted should be used to add
values in the different sectors. The government should also launch strong policy that can
result in the economic and technical capacity building in the area of energy management
and energy audit.
The government should also facilitate financial support in terms of bank loans, subsidies
and tax reliefs to implement energy audit recommendations and to cover energy audit
costs.
Local professionals of electrical and mechanical engineering should be supported and
encouraged to become energy auditors. The support of the individuals should be in training
programs for capacity building in terms of technical knowledge and financial supports to be
well equipped with energy audit tools.
pg. 114
Hifab Oy
Though energy audit programs are important for better utilization of energy resources, care
must also be taken in the quality of energy audits. False and inappropriate
recommendations can also be damage full to companies that have conducted energy
auditing. In order to ensure quality energy audit service, establishing certification programs
of energy auditors is mandatory. The certification program should be designed to be
continuous to evaluate professionals in continuous bases.
Establishing strong cooperation programs with other countries that have long time
experience in the area of energy auditing can help in developing strong energy audit
programs.
pg. 115
Annex 1 - Energy Audit Quick Checklist
Answers to these questions should be found or asked for quick assessment of the status of
energy efficiency
a) Energy Source:
What are the available sources of energy for the plant?
b) Lighting: Is your facility using the most energy efficient lighting options (fluorescent
mercury vapor, etc.)?

Are there areas that have excessive or unneeded lighting?

Are you making effective use of available lighting, such as natural sunlight?

Have you installed lighting management equipment such as dimmers, timers
and sensors?
c) Building Envelope:
Is the building well insulated?

Does weather stripping around doors and windows need to be replaced?

Are cracks around doors, windows and foundations properly sealed?

Are there open doors around loading docks or other frequently accessed
areas?
d) Heating and Cooling:
Arc furnaces, boilers and air conditioning systems operating efficiently?

Is there a regular maintenance and update schedule for these systems?

Are filters replaced regularly?

Is the building properly ventilated?
e) Motors and Equipment:
Is your equipment maintained so that it is operating at maximum efficiency?

Is equipment load compatible with manufacturer specifications?
Page 116 of 257

Is the power factor as per manufacturer specifications?

Are machines shut down when not in use?

Are fan belts at the proper tension and in good condition?
f) Energy Behaviour:
Are lights, fans and equipment (computer, printers, etc.) turned off when
not in use?

Are building temperatures set back when not in use?

Are thermostats set to higher or Lower than necessary in summer and
winter?

After finding answers to the check list
and
improvement, following possibilities maybe
conservation measures.
Lighting-:

Reduce Hours of Operation.

Occupancy Sensors, Photocells, Central Control.

Reduce Capacity of Equipment.

Delamping, Reflectors.

Reduce Load or Equipment Capacity.
Requirements.
Day lighting.
 Reduce Energy Cost.

Base demand load reduction.
Increase Efficiency
-
T-12 to T-8
Incandescent to Fluorescent
Reflectors
Dimmers
Building envelope:
Insulation
117
identifying areas
explored
as
of
energy

Insulation of roof & walls.
Glass modifications-:
Use of permanent/movable shading on glass
Changing to low solar heat gain glass, insulating (low Uvalue) glass

Reduce air Leakage-:
-
air lock entry
plugging all leakages
Heating-:

Reduce Hours of Operation-:

Automated Controls.
Reduce Capacity of Equipment-:

Size to meet actual load
Reduce Load or Equipment Capacity-:
Requirements
- Insulation
- Infiltration reduction
 Reduce Energy Cost-:

Fuel Switch
Rate Switch
Direct Purchase Gas
Increase Efficiency-:
-
High Efficiency Boilers
High Efficiency Furnaces
Air Conditioning

Reduce Hours of Operation-:

Automated Controls
Economizer
Reduce Capacity of Equipment-:
-
Size to meet actual load
Chiller Loop
118

Reduce Load or Equipment Capacity-:
Requirements.
Insulation.
Infiltration reduction.

Reduce Energy Cost-:

Rate Switch.
Thermal Storage.
Increase Efficiency-:
High Efficiency Chillers.
Variable speed tower fans.
Geothermal Heat pumps.
Fans and Pumps-:

Reduce Hours of Operation-:

Reduce Capacity of Equipment-:

Automated Controls.
Size to meet actual load requirements.
Reduce Load or Equipment Capacity-:
Requirements.
Insulation.
Infiltration reduction.

Reduce Energy Cost-:
Reduce base demand load through right sizing fans and
pumps.

Increase Efficiency-:
-
CAV to VAV conversion.
CP to VP conversion.
119
Annex 2: SAMPLE ENERGY AUDIT AGREEMENT
This Energy Audit Agreement (“Agreement”), effective the last date signed below, is by and
between the Ethiopian Electric Agency+, at *address+ (the “Agency”) and *company+ with an
office at *address+ (the “Company”) (each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”).
Whereas, the Company is party to the state term contract procured by the Agency, , which
enables the Company to perform work; and
Whereas, the Agency is responsible for the operation, management and maintenance of
the facilities identified on Attachment A to this Agreement (the "Facility(s)"); and
Whereas, a comprehensive investment grade technical energy audit (the “Energy Audit”)
and savings analysis (the “Report”) must be performed at the Facility in order to determine
the feasibility of entering into a guaranteed energy performance savings contract (“Energy
Performance Contract”) to provide for the installation and implementation of energy
conservation measures (“ECMs”) at the Facility; and
Whereas, if the ECMs are demonstrated to be feasible, and if the amount of energy cost
savings can be reasonably ascertained and guaranteed in an amount sufficient to cover all
costs associated with an energy performance contracting project at the Facility(s), the
Parties intend to negotiate an Energy Performance Contract under which the Company
shall design, procure, install, implement, maintain and monitor such ECMs at the Facility(s);
Therefore, the Parties agree as follows:
Article 1: Scope of Energy Audit
The Company will perform the Energy Audit and prepare the Report that specifically
identifies the energy improvements and operational changes which are recommended to
be installed or implemented at the Facility(s). The Report shall contain detailed projections
of energy and cost savings to be obtained at the Facility(s) as a result of the installation of
the recommended ECMs. The savings calculations must utilize assumptions, projections
and baselines which best represent the true value of future energy or operational savings
for the Facility(s) (i.e., accurate marginal cost for each unit of savings at the time the audit
120
is performed; documented material and operational costs actually avoided; adjustments to
the baseline to reflect current conditions at the Facility(s) compared to the historic base
period; calculations which account for the interactive effects of the recommended ECMs;
etc.). The Report shall clearly describe how utility tariffs were used to calculate savings for
all ECMs. The Report shall describe the Company's plan for installing or implementing the
ECMs in the Facility(s), including all anticipated costs associated with such installation and
implementation. The primary purpose of the Report is to provide an engineering and
economic basis for negotiating an Energy Performance Contract between the Agency and
the Company; however, the Agency shall be under no obligation to negotiate such a
contract.
The Company shall perform the following tasks in performing the Energy Audit and
preparing the Report:
A.
Collect General Facility(s) Information
The Company shall collect general Facility(s) information such as: size, age, construction
type, condition and general use of the Facility(s). The Company shall also collect and
summarize Facility(s) utility cost and consumption data for the most recent 24-36 month
period. The Company shall evaluate the impact on utility cost and consumption of any
energy initiatives currently being installed or currently planned to be installed by the
Agency in the Facility(s) which will remain separate from the Energy Performance Contract
throughout the duration of that agreement.
The Agency shall make available (or cause its energy suppliers to make available) all
available records and data concerning energy and water usage for the Facility(s) for the
most current 24-36 month period, if available, including:
Utility records; occupancy
information; descriptions of any changes in the structure of the Facility(s) or its heating,
cooling, lighting or other systems or energy requirements; descriptions of all major energy
and water consuming or energy and water saving equipment used in the Facility(s); any
comfort problems, code deficiencies and description of energy management procedures
presently utilized. The Agency shall also make available a record of any energy related
improvements or modifications that have been installed during the past three years, or are
121
currently being installed or are currently planned to be installed by the Agency in the
Facility(s) separate from the energy service agreement throughout the duration of that
agreement. The Agency shall also make available copies of drawings, equipment logs and
maintenance work orders to the Company.
B.
Analyze Existing Systems and Equipment
The Company shall compile an analysis based on a physical inspection of the major
electrical and mechanical systems at the Facility(s), including:
1.
Cooling systems and related equipment
2.
Heating and heat distribution systems
3.
Automatic temperature control systems and equipment
4.
Air distribution systems and equipment
5.
Outdoor ventilation systems and equipment
6.
Kitchen and associated dining room equipment, if applicable
7.
Exhaust systems and equipment
8.
Hot water systems
9.
Electric motors 5 HP and above, transmission and drive systems
10.
Interior and exterior lighting
11.
Laundry equipment, if applicable
12.
Building Envelope
13.
Water consumption end uses, such as restroom fixtures, water fountains,
irrigation, etc.
14.
Other major energy using systems, if applicable.
The analysis shall address the following considerations:
122
a.
the loads, efficiencies or hours of operation for each system (where Facility(s)
operating or climatic conditions necessitate, engineering estimates may be used,
but for large fluctuating loads with high potential savings appropriate
measurements are required unless waived by the Agency); and
b. Current operating condition for each system.
The Company shall conduct interviews with Facility(s) operation and maintenance staff
regarding the Facility(s)'s mechanical systems operation, occupancy patterns and problems
with comfort levels or equipment reliability.
C.
Establish Base Year Consumption and End Use Consumption Estimates
The Company may, upon recommendation by the Agency, analyze loading, usage and/or
hours of operation for all major end uses representing more than 5% of total Facility(s)
consumption including, but not limited to:
 Lighting
 Heating
 Cooling
 HVAC motors (fans and pumps)
 Plug load
 Kitchen equipment
 Other equipment
 Miscellaneous
Where loading and/or usage are highly uncertain, the Company shall employ spot
measurement and/or short term monitoring at its discretion, or at the request of the
Agency. Reasonable applications of measurement typically include variable loads that are
likely candidates for conservation measures, such as cooling equipment. The Company shall
consult with Facility(s) staff and account for any unusual or anomalous utility bills which
may skew Base Year consumption from a reasonable representation.
123
Baseline Development: The Company shall develop the Agency’s Baseline model as part of
the Audit. The Company and the Agency shall mutually agree on the Baseline model prior
to final contract approval by the Agency. The Baseline model shall represent pre-existing
energy consumption for all end uses within the building(s), not just those end uses affected
by the Company’s proposed Conservation Measures.
The Baseline model shall be developed with a whole-building simulation approach using
one of the commercially-available energy simulation software packages:
The Company shall use the same energy simulation software to develop the projected
energy cost savings that was used to develop the Baseline. Projected energy consumption
must be modeled using the same weather data and operating conditions as the established
Baseline model.
The Baseline model shall reflect all energy-related effects of the current design features of
the building(s) such as, but not limited to, quantity and type of glass, building orientation
with respect to the physical site, overall wall and roof thermal resistance values, ventilation
air requirements, humidity level, occupancy, and actual operating schedules. The Baseline
model shall incorporate the energy-related effects of all renovations and/or modifications
to the building envelope, internal spaces, and energy-consuming systems subsequent to
the date of original construction.
The Baseline model shall be developed in accordance with recommendations and methods
promulgated by professional societies and governmental organizations
Baseline Calibration: The Baseline model shall be developed and calibrated with the
assistance of utility bill data for no less than the immediately preceding 24-month period in
order to develop an energy baseline model that is suitable for Agency consideration. A
detailed description of all existing Baseline conditions, development methods, calibration
procedures, adjustments, and assumptions for each building must be provided.
D. Develop List of Potential ECMs
The Company shall:
124
1. Identify and propose potential ECMs for installation or implementation at the
Facility(s), including water conservation measures
2. Estimate the cost, savings and life expectancy of each proposed ECM; specify
Facility(s) operations and maintenance procedures which will be affected by the
installation/implementation of the proposed ECMs;
3. Provide analysis methodology, supporting calculations and assumptions used to
estimate savings, which shall be based on the life cycle cost calculations.
4. Provide a life cycle cost analysis of at least three (3) alternate system/equipment
schemes for potential ECMs that involve replacing major energy-consuming
equipment.
5. Calculate projected energy cost savings as the difference between Baseline energy
costs and the costs that are expected to result from the proposed ECMs.
6. Provide access to the computer simulation program and all inputs and assumptions
used, if requested by the Agency.
7. Provide a preliminary commissioning plan for the proposed ECMs
8. Provide detailed calculations for any rate savings proposals
9. Provide detailed supporting calculations for any proposed maintenance or other
operational savings;
10. Estimate any environmental costs or benefits of the proposed ECMs (e.g., disposal
costs, avoided emissions, water conservation, etc.)
11. Comply with all applicable federal and regional codes and regulations in effect at
the time of this analysis for all proposed ECMs.
E. Select Final Recommended ECMs
The Company shall, in consultation with the Agency, recommend specific ECMs from its
preliminary compilation for installation and implementation at the Facility(s).
125
F. Establish Measurement & Verification Methods
Measurement & Verification of cost savings shall be performed using a methodology and
account for actual savings. Actual savings are to be measured against the Baseline in the
Company’s Annual Reconciliation.
The Company shall state which of the following
Measurement & Verification methods will be used in the Company’s Annual Reconciliation:
 Method A: Stipulated savings from maintenance or outside contracts shall
show the origin and signed agreement of acceptance by the Agency.
 Methods B, C, and D: Only verifiable data will be accepted. Degree Day and
related data sources shall be identified and agreed to in the audit
document.
 All Measurement & Verification Methods:
The Auditor and Agency shall
agree to the exact Measurement & Verification method for each audit on an
individual CM basis and stipulate it in the Audit.
 Each Audit: Each audit shall include the names of the Auditor, Agency, and
review person(s) as well as the phone number, email address, and
credentials of each team member.
G.
Provide Cost and Fee Estimates
The Company shall provide detailed estimates of all costs and fees associated with the
installation and implementation of the ECMs including:
a. engineering/design costs for individual ECMs
b. contractor/vendor estimates for individual ECM material and labor unit
costs
c. company construction management fees for the project
d. overhead and profit
e. commissioning costs for individual ECMs
126
f. contingency costs
g. initial training costs
h. annual service fees including:
i. measurement and verification
ii. maintenance
iii. performance monitoring
iv. ongoing training services
i. other costs/fee (specify)
H.
Develop Savings Estimates
The Agency has endeavored to provide the Company with sufficient general and specific
guidance in this Article 1 to develop the savings estimates for the Report. In the event that
questions arise as to the calculation of savings or whether certain items will be allowed as
savings, the Company shall seek written guidance from the Agency. Agency's rejection of
certain calculations of savings or rejection of certain items as allowable savings in the
Report shall be at the risk of the Company.
The following items will be allowed as savings or in the development of savings:
- Agency material/commodity cost
- Outside maintenance labor cost (if applicable)
- Agreed escalation rates for natural gas
- Agreed escalation rates for electricity
- Agreed escalation rates for water
- Agreed escalation rates for material/commodity cost savings
- Agreed escalation rates for allowable labor savings
127
The following items will not be allowed as savings or in the development of savings without
prior Agency approval:
- Agency in-house labor cost
- Agency deferred maintenance cost
- Offset of future Agency capital cost
I.
Deliver the Report
The Company shall complete and deliver the Report to the Agency by ___________ (if
blank, then ninety (90) days from the effective date of this Agreement), in the following
format:
a. An executive summary which describes the Facility(s), ECMs evaluated, analysis
methodology, results and a summary table presenting the cost and savings
estimates for each ECM.
b. A discussion of ECMs not evaluated in detail and the explanation of why a detailed
analysis was not performed.
c. A summary of all utility bills, Base Year consumption and how it was established, and
end use reconciliation with respect to the Base Year including a discussion of any
unusual characteristics and findings.
d. Detailed descriptions for each ECM including analysis method, supporting
calculations (may be submitted in appendices), results, proposed equipment and
implementation issues.
e. Conclusions, observations and caveats regarding cost and savings estimates.
f. Thorough appendices which document the data relied upon to prepare the analysis
and how that data was collected. The appendices will include schedules A, B, E
and F to the potential Energy Performance Contract.
128
Acceptance of the Report by the Agency if ECMs are Feasible. The Agency shall conduct
and complete a technical review within sixty (60) days of its receipt of the Report, unless
otherwise stated in Attachment A. The Agency shall accept the Report if the recommended
ECMs are feasible and the projected energy cost savings are equal to or greater than the
total projected costs of the design and installation of the recommended ECMs. If the
Agency determines that one or more of the recommended ECMs is not feasible, the Agency
shall give the Company written notice of any and all said objections, in detail, within
fourteen (14) days after completing its technical review of the Report. The Company shall
correct the Report and submit a revised draft within twenty-one (21) days of said
notification. The Agency shall have fourteen (14) days from receipt of the revised Report to
notify the Company if any objections have not been corrected. This re-submission process
shall continue until (1) the date all material concerns are resolved and the Report is
accepted, or (2) the dispute is otherwise resolved.
Article 2: Energy Performance Contract
The Parties intend to negotiate an Energy Performance Contract under which the Company
shall design, install and implement ECMs and provide certain maintenance and monitoring
services. However, nothing in this Agreement should be construed as an obligation on any
of the Parties to execute such an Energy Performance Contract. The terms and provisions
of such an Energy Performance Contract shall be set forth in a separate agreement. This
Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the Parties’ execution of an Energy
Performance Contract relating to the Facility(s).
Article 3: Payment
The Parties understand and intend that the Company’s costs for services performed under
this Agreement (1) shall be included in the total project cost, (2) shall not be paid for under
this Agreement, and (3) shall be paid for only under the Energy Performance Contract, if
any, from savings generated by implemented ECMs. The Company is undertaking work
under this Agreement in consideration of the Agency’s good faith intention to negotiate
the Energy Performance Contract with the Company. The Company understands and
agrees that payment to it is contingent upon realization of energy cost savings being equal
129
to or greater than the total cost of the design and installation of the Company’s
recommended ECMs. The Company further understands that the Agency may implement
all or part of a recommended EMC without liability to the Company (or its subcontractors
or suppliers) if there are extenuating circumstances (e.g., a sudden or imminent equipment
failure) and the Agency would have taken similar measures regardless of the Company’s
recommendation.
Article 4: Termination
A.
By Company:
The Company may terminate this Agreement prior to the completion of the Energy Audit
and Report or subsequent to the completion of the Energy Audit and Report if:
i.
It determines that it cannot guarantee a minimum amount of energy and
cost savings through the implementation of an energy performance
contracting project at the Facility(s); or
ii.
It determines that even though it can guarantee a minimum amount of
energy and cost savings in energy costs, that amount would be insufficient
to cover the costs associated with performing this analysis, installing ECMs
and related maintenance and monitoring services.
Termination under this section shall be effective upon the Agency’s receipt of written
notification from the Company stating the reason for the termination and all supporting
documents. The Company shall provide the Agency with any preliminary notes, reports or
analysis which have been produced or prepared prior to the effective date of the
termination.
B.
By Agency:
The Agency may terminate this Agreement:
130
i.
If the Company fails to complete the Energy Audit and deliver the Report to
the Agency within the time established in Article 1, above; or fails to obtain
a written extension of that time from the Agency. Termination under this
subsection B (i) shall be effective upon the Company’s receipt of written
notification from the Agency that the deadline for submission of the Report
has passed. The Company shall provide the Agency with any preliminary
notes, reports or analysis which have been produced or prepared prior to
the effective date of the termination.
ii.
If, prior or subsequent to the completion of the Energy Audit, the Company
notifies the Agency in writing that it is unable to guarantee a sufficient level
of savings pursuant to subsection 4 A (i) or (ii) above. Termination under
this subsection B (ii) shall be effective upon the Company’s receipt of
written notification from the Agency.
The Company shall provide the
Agency with any preliminary notes, reports or analysis which have been
produced or prepared prior to the effective date of the termination.
C.
By Either Party:
Either Party may terminate this Agreement, when the Party deems it to be in its best
interest to do so, by providing the other Party thirty (30) days written notice of its intent to
do so. Termination shall be effective thirty (30) days after receipt of the written notice.
Article 5: Standard Terms and Conditions
Section 1. Agreement Term
This Agreement term shall commence on the effective date of the Agreement and end on
[date], unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of Article 4 hereof.
Section 2. Appropriations
Obligations of the Agency shall cease immediately without penalty if in any fiscal year
covered by the Agreement term, the Legislature or the Agency fails to appropriate,
reappropriate or otherwise make available funds for this Agreement. The Agency shall
131
provide written notification to the Company of any impending change in the status of
appropriations which may affect this Agreement of which it has notice.
Section 3. Materials, Equipment and Supplies
The Company shall provide or cause to be provided all facilities, materials, equipment and
supplies necessary to perform the Energy Audit and prepare the Report.
Section 4. Subcontractor Disclosure
As of the execution date of this Agreement, the following subcontractors are expected to
perform material work (i.e., greater than 5% of the total work) pursuant to this Agreement:
[subcontractor]
[address]
If, during the term of this Agreement, the Company retains subcontractors to perform
material work pursuant to this Agreement who were not disclosed, the Company shall so
notify the Agency in writing.
Section 5. Patent and Copyright Responsibility
The Company agrees that any material or design specified by the Company or supplied by
the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall not knowingly infringe any patent or
copyright, and the Company shall be solely responsible for securing any necessary licenses
required for patented or copyrighted material utilized by the Company in the performance
of the Energy Audit and preparation of the Report.
Section 6. Release and Indemnity
The Company agrees to assume all risk of loss and to indemnify and hold the Agency, and
its officers, agents and employees harmless from and against any and all liabilities,
demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including
costs, attorneys’ and witnesses’ fees, and expenses incident thereto, for injuries to persons
132
(including death) and for loss of, damage to or destruction of property (including property
of the State) because of the Company’s negligent or intentional acts or omissions. In the
event that any demand or claim is made or suit is commenced against the Agency, the
Agency shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Company and the Company shall
have the right to compromise or defend the same to the extent of its own interest. The
Company further agrees to maintain adequate insurance to protect the State and the
Agency against such risks. The Company also agrees to indemnify and hold the State
harmless should any goods or services provided by the Company infringe upon the patent,
copyright or trade secret of another.
Section 7. Lobbying, Integrity, and Retention of Records
The Company may not expend any funds for the purpose of lobbying the Legislature, the
judicial branch, or a state agency. In addition, the Company shall not, in connection with
this or any other agreement with the State, directly or indirectly (1) offer, confer, or agree
to confer any pecuniary benefit on anyone as consideration for any State officer or
employee’s decision, opinion, recommendation, vote, other exercise of discretion, or
violation of a known legal duty, or (2) offer, give, or agree to give to anyone any gratuity for
the benefit of, or at the direction or request of, any State officer or employee. For
purposes of clause (2), “gratuity” means any payment of more than nominal monetary
value in the form of cash, travel, entertainment, gifts, meals, lodging, loans, subscriptions,
advances, deposits of money, services, employment, or agreements of any kind. Upon
request of the Agency’s Inspector General, or other authorized State official, the Company
shall provide any type of information the Inspector General deems relevant to the
Company’s integrity or responsibility. Such information may include, but shall not be
limited to, the Company’s business or financial records, documents, or files of any type or
form that refer to or relate to the Agreement. The Company shall retain such records for
the longer of (1) three years after the expiration of the Agreement or (2) the period
required by the General Records Schedules. Failure to maintain the books, records, and
supporting documents required by this Section shall establish a presumption in favor of the
Agency for the recovery of any funds paid by the Agency under the Agreement for which
adequate books, records, and supporting documents are not available to support their
133
purported disbursement. The Company agrees to reimburse the State for the reasonable
costs of investigation incurred by the Inspector General or other authorized State official
for investigations of the Company’s compliance with the terms of this or any other
agreement between the Company and the State which results in the suspension or
debarment of the Company. Such costs shall include, but shall not be limited to: salaries of
investigators, including overtime; travel and lodging expenses; and expert witness and
documentary fees. The Company shall not be responsible for any costs of investigations
that do not result in the Company’s suspension or debarment.
Section 8. Dispute Resolution
The Agency and the Company recognize and acknowledge that efforts should always be
made to avoid or prevent disputes through effective partnering, good communications, and
joint decision making; and that timely requests for clarification and for information will
help ensure a better understanding of issues and problems and lead to the elimination of
doubts, uncertainties, and ambiguities. Nevertheless, the Agency and the Company also
recognize that disputes may develop between them and, in such event, wish to establish
procedures to be followed to resolve such disputes in the shortest possible time and at the
least possible expense to the Agency and the Company.
Any conflict or dispute between the Agency and the Company shall be resolved in
accordance with the procedures specified in this Agreement, which shall be the sole and
exclusive procedures for the resolution of any such disputes. This Agreement establishes
successive steps of conflict prevention and alternative dispute resolution prior to litigation,
completion of which shall be conditions precedent to the right to commence litigation over
any dispute arising out of or relating to the Agreement. The successive steps are: (1)
informal negotiations between project-level management personnel; (2) formal
negotiations between executive-level management, initiated by written notice and
completed within thirty days, or longer as mutually agreed; and (3) mediation, initiated by
written notice. Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties in a mediation contract, all
mediation proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with this Agreement and, where
applicable, the then-current Model Procedure for Mediation of Business Disputes published
134
by the Center for Public Resources (CPR), 366 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10017, (212)
949-6490 (http://www.cpradr.org). If the Agency and the Company have not agreed within
ten (10) business days of the request for mediation on the selection of a neutral mediator
willing to serve, then the Parties agree that a mediator shall be selected by the Chamber of
Commerce. The appointment of a qualified mediator shall be binding on both Parties, and
both Parties shall promptly cooperate with the appointed mediator to effectuate
mediation.
Any action legal or equitable action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be
brought in the appropriate court in Ethiopia, and shall be governed by Ethiopian law. The
threshold issue for determination shall be whether the Party bringing the action has
complied with the alternative dispute resolution processes specified above.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, neither Parties shall excluded from
recovering any special, consequential, or punitive damages.
Section 9. Personnel
All Company employees, subcontractors, or agents performing work under this Agreement
shall be properly trained technicians who meet or exceed any specified training
qualifications. Upon request, the Company shall furnish a copy of technical certification or
other proof of qualification. All employees, subcontractors, or agents performing work
under the Agreement must comply with all security and administrative requirements of the
Agency.
The Agency may conduct, and the Company shall cooperate in, a security
background check or otherwise assess any employee, subcontractor, or agent furnished by
the Company. The Agency may refuse access to, or require replacement of, any personnel
for cause, including, but not limited to, technical or training qualifications, quality of work,
change in security status, or non-compliance with the Agency’s security or other
requirements. Such approval shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to perform all
work in compliance with the Agreement. The Agency may reject and bar from any facility
for cause any of the Company’s employees, subcontractors, or agents.
135
The Company, together with its agents, subcontractors, officers and employees, shall have
and always retain under the Agreement the legal status of an independent contractor, and
in no manner shall they be deemed employees of the Agency or deemed to be entitled to
any benefits associated with such employment. During the term of the Agreement, the
Company shall maintain at its sole expense those benefits to which its employees would
otherwise be entitled to by law, including health benefits, and all necessary insurance for
its employees, including workers’ compensation, disability, and unemployment insurance,
and provide the Agency with certification of such insurance upon request. The Company
remains responsible for all applicable federal, state, and local taxes, and all FICA
contributions.
Section 10. Compliance with Applicable Law
In performing this Agreement, the Company shall comply with all laws, rules, codes,
ordinances, and licensing requirements that are applicable to the conduct of its business,
including those of federal and regional agencies having jurisdiction and authority. Violation
of applicable laws shall be grounds for Agreement termination. The Agency may cancel the
Agreement if the Company refuses to allow public access to all records made or received by
the Company in conjunction with the Agreement.
Section 11. Waivers
No right of either party hereto shall be deemed to have been waived by non-exercise
thereof, or otherwise, unless such waiver is reduced to writing and executed by the party
entitled to exercise such right.
Section 12. Assignment
Neither Party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other
Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Section 13. Capacity to Contract
136
Each person signing this Agreement warrants that he or she is duly authorized to do so and
to bind the respective Party to the Agreement. The Company warrants that it is in good
standing and legally authorized to transact business in Ethiopia. The Company warrants
that, to the best of its knowledge, there is no pending or threatened action, proceeding, or
investigation, or any other legal or financial condition, that would in any way prohibit,
restrain, or diminish the Company’s ability to satisfy its Agreement obligations. The
Company warrants that neither it nor any affiliate is currently on the convicted vendor list
maintained by any other federal or regional government. The Company shall immediately
notify the Agency in writing if its ability to perform is compromised in any manner during
the term of the Agreement.
Section 14. Confidential Information
Each Party may have access to confidential information made available by the other Party.
Each Party shall protect such confidential information in the same manner as it protects its
own confidential information of like kind.
Section 15. Convicted or Discriminatory Vendors
A person or affiliate placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public
entity crime is prohibited from doing any of the following for a period of 36 months from
the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list: submitting a bid on a contract to
provide any goods or services to a public entity; submitting a bid on a contract with a public
entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work; submitting bids on
leases of real property to a public entity; being awarded or performing work as a
contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public entity;
and transacting business with any public entity in excess of the Category.
An entity or affiliate placed on the discriminatory vendor list may not submit a bid on a
contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity; may not submit a bid on a
contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public
work; may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity; may not be
137
awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier, sub-contractor, or consultant under a
contract with any public entity; and may not transact business with any public entity.
Section 16. Project Management
All necessary and ordinary communications, submittals, approvals, requests and notices
related to Project work shall be issued or received by:
[agency]
[address]
[telephone]
[facsimile]
[email]
[company]
[address]
[telephone]
[facsimile]
[email]
Either Party may change its point of contact by written notice to other Party’s then-current
designated contact, which shall not constitute a formal amendment to this Agreement.
Section 17. Modification of Terms
The Agreement contains all the terms and conditions agreed upon by the Parties. The
Agreement may only be modified or amended upon mutual written agreement of the
Parties. No oral agreements or representations shall be valid or binding upon the Agency
or the Company.
Section 18. Execution in Counterparts
138
The Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all
of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 19. Severability
If a court deems any provision of the Agreement void or unenforceable, that provision shall
be enforced only to the extent that it is not in violation of law or is not otherwise
unenforceable, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
SO AGREED:
For Ethiopian Electric Agency
[Name and Signature],
Date
For Company
[Name and Signature],
Date
6. References
1
Guidelines and Models for Energy Auditing, Seppo Silvonen, Motiva Oy, Juri Markovitch,
Vantaan Energia Oy, Gennadiy Naumov, Vantaan kaupunki, Helsinki, 15.6.2006
2
HANDBOOK OF ENERGY AUDITS,Sixth Edition, Albert Thumann, P.E., C.E.M., William J.
Younger, C.E.M.
3
ENERGY EFFICIENCY MANUAL,by Donald R. Wulfinghoff,Energy Institute Press 3936, Lantern
Drive Wheaton, Maryland 20902 U.S.A.1999
139
4
Energy Efficiency Policies around the World: Review and Evaluation Executive Summary,
World Energy Council 2008
5
Model Energy Efficiency Program Impact Evaluation Guide A RESOURCE OF THE NATIONAL
ACTION PLAN FOR ENERGY EFFICIENCY ,NOVEMBER 2007
6
GBP Audit Guidelines, EUROPEAN COMMISSION DIRECTORATE-GENERAL JRC Institute for
Environment and Sustainability Renewable Energies Unit Ispra, 30 September 2005 THE
EUROPEAN GREENBUILDING PROGRAMME ENERGY AUDIT GUIDELINES
7
Energy Audit Practices in China: National and Local Experiences and Issues Bo Shen, Lynn
Price, and Hongyou Lu China Energy Group Energy Analysis Department Environmental Energy
Technologies Division, December 2010 .
8
Guidelines and Models for Energy Auditing, Seppo Silvonen, Motiva Oy,Juri Markovitch,
Vantaan Energia Oy Gennadiy Naumov, Vantaan kaupunki, 2008
9
India’s Cement Industry: Productivity, Energy Efficiency and Carbon Emissions Katja
Schumacher and Jay ant Sathaye Environmental Energy Technologies Division July 1999
10 International Energy Outlook 2011, Center for Strategic and International Studies, Howard
Gruenspecht, Acting Administrator September 19, 2011 | Washington, DC
11 Energy Efficiency Indicators a study of energy efficiency indicators for industry in apec
economies tokyo march 2000.
12 Guidelines for the Integration of Cleaner Production and Energy Efficiency, United Nations
Environment Program Division of Technology, Industry and Economics, 2004
140
Annex 3
Demand Side Management /DSM/
Public Awareness and Education
Program
prepared by Ethiopian Electricity Agency/EEA/
January 2011
141
I/ Introductory notes
Ethiopia’s economy is relatively energy intensive
compared to other similar economies and even more energy
intensive vis–a-vis that of developed economies. The
countries present economic growth which is about 10 to 11
percent per year is causing a lot of stress on commercial
energy resources and unusually inflated demand for
commercial energy services. This in some applications such
urban transport, is causing negative effect on the
environment. In addition price hikes of primary energy
sources are being strongly felt by the average citizen.
In order to maintain the present high economic growth
an integrated approach in the field of energy has to be
administered. This involves; judicial mix of investment in
energy supply growth and efficiency, increasing use of
renewable energy technologies, and
Demand Side
Management /DSM/ through operational efficiency
improvements, reduction in Transmission and Distribution
losses, eliminating waste full use of all types of energy. This
we believe should be center of attraction at both policy and
operational levels.
A rough estimate of energy saving from each economic
sector viz: Industry; Transport; service and domestic is
between 20 to 25 percent. This is a rather high potential
however in spite of previous attempts to address the issue
over the years, much has not been achieved because of
barriers not adequately dealt with:. These barriers include:
- lack of awareness by the general public, industry
owners and managers,
- lack of consistent and wide spread education and
training on energy management and conservation
at different levels,
142
- economic and market distortion causing irrational
response to energy conservation measures,
- lack of standardization and efficiency labeling of
equipment and devices,
- lack of financing for investments in energy efficiency
improvements,
- lack of effective coordination at various levels to
promote energy conservation activities.
There is a need for a more vigorous and focused National
Awareness
Campaign
on
the
creation
of
public
awareness, understanding of the significance of energy
conservation
actions.
and
The
its
promotion
campaign
should
through
voluntary
target
domestic,
commercial, industrial and educational sector. All of the
activities within the promotion mix need to be carefully
planned and related to key measures to be delivered to
target
groups
by
adequate
communicational
tools
through proper communicational channel at right timing
to gain maximal reach and impact via synergetic effect
resulting with awareness raising and change of behavior
within the target groups.
The
character
relevant
target
of
promotional
groups
should
activities
be
to
all
informational
educational, and entertaining. The activities should
be carried out as part of the implementation of this
143
project from its preparation phase until all main
project objectives are achieved. It should also be
noted however, that most of promotional activities
should
continue
even
beyond
project
implementation.
The focus area should include:
1/
Disseminate
information
about
energy
situations, simple energy saving methods that can be
applied in everyday life. This is intended to serve as
a foundation for the subsequent campaign in the
coming years.
2/ Plan and execute mass media and campaign
events
to be used to create energy efficiency and
conservation awareness effectively and rapidly
among the audience nationwide.
3/ Present a wider variety of energy conservation
method to improve energy consumption behavior
including energy waste and leakage.
4/ Present sufficient information about rising power
and
oil
prices
and
effectively
meeting
these
challenges through energy savings and inter fuel
substitution. Apart from this there is a need for
general awareness since the immediate step to
144
overcome the energy issue should be energy
conservation by the people. This can be achieved
by motivating people to save power by rational use
of electricity and to achieve this, awareness has to
be created among the mass to save energy.
The
general
awareness
complemented
with
program
other
needs
specific
to
be
awareness
campaigns keeping in mind the different set of target
groups for different programs.
Amongst
other
programs
on
energy
efficiency,
demand side program is a key thrust area to reduce
overall power consumption and to reduce peak
demand.
Therefore the objectives of this subprogram are:
- To create an understanding on the part of the
general public about the importance of energy in
today’s
economic
activities
ranging
from
household to commercial services and industries;
- To increase the role of individual action and
decision in saving energy and money contributing
to a national objective;
145
- To develop consensus among large energy using
institutions/enterprises
initiatives,
commercial
around
technologies,
services
to
energy
ideas
and
favorably
saving,
related
consider
investment in energy saving measures.
- To encourage resourceful and technically skilled
and relevant professionals, enterprises etc. to
initiate
energy
saving
commercial
services,
technology transfer, consultancy etc.
- To give lead for the large scale acceptance of
energy efficiency measures as public issue for the
uptake by civic society, NGO’s, women’s forum,
environmental forums, manufacturers, importers,
distributers etc.
All of the activities within the promotion mix must
be carefully planned coordinated and executed in a
manner related to key messages to be delivered to
the target groups via adequate communication tools
and communication channels to gain maximal reach
and impact through synergetic effect resulting with
awareness rasing and change of behavior with in
target group.
146
The
character
of
promotional
messages
to
all
relevant target groups should be informational and
educational
and
need
to
follow
the
logical
relationship and flow as stated below for achieving
maximum positive result.
Promotion mix ------- key messages----Target groups--adequate
communication
communication
tools-----
channels-------right
proper
timing-------
precise matrix of activities--------Synergetic effect.
Cost
estimates
Continuous
for
the
education
program
program
is
excluding
attached
the
in
ATTACHMENT ONE.
III/ Activities to be completed under this
sub program
I/ PUBLIC CAMPAIGN;
A. Preparation and posting of up to 1000 large size
posters in public places. Banners in different
size shall depict:
 leading catch phrases on energy efficiency
with persuasive words;
147
 important and well known public figures as
promoters of the ideas of energy efficiency;
 efficient
and
modern
energy
using
technologies /excluding trademarks/
B. Preparation and dissemination of up to 40,000
brochures & 200,000 postage stamps bearing
messages on;
 Methods of energy saving;
 Financial implication of energy saving;
 Technical implications of energy savings on
power supply;
 Environmental implications of energy savings.
II/ MEDIA RELATIONS
C. Preparation
of
one
20
to
30
minutes
documentary films for public broadcasting Via
ETV; The film should be able to transmit energy
saving messages understandable by the average
person with good visual effect.
D.Distribution of the documentary film in DVD to
up to 1000 public and private institutions,
libraries etc. educational facilities, the media,
civic societies, relevant NGOs etc. Clip version
for internet posting /up to 45 seconds/ of this
will also be prepared in house. Besides such
148
advertising in media should be published and
broadcasted an educational article with wider
explanation to advertised subjects and more
information and also strong cooperation and
coproduction with media should established in
order to develop specialized shows and columns
to cover energy efficiency subjects.
E. Preparation of stage play about energy efficiency
in the economic sectors which will be either
directly or co-presented in a VIDIO screen, slide
presentation in a
gathering related to energy.
 On the second DSM workshop, and other
meetings
after
prior
permission
of
the
organizers.
F. Preparation
of
homemade
spots
for
public
disseminations up to1000 DVDs.
 The spots shall be dedicated to cases of proven
energy savings achieved by individuals or
enterprises.
G.Documentation of video proceedings /edited/ of
the DSM workshops and other related events.
Preparation of clips for free distribution to
interested parties and to make this available for
149
the
asking
to
be
prepared
using
in
house
resources.
H.
Continuous education program.
III/ WEB-SITE BASED INFORMATION
I. More detailed information will be permanently
available to citizens via web sites as articles
presentations, instructions and Frequently Asked
Questions/FAQ/on
efficiency
and
implementation
conservation
of
measures
energy
with
information and contacts to all relevant producers
and distributors of energy efficiency technologies
products and services.
IV/ Continuous education program
The objectives of the continuous program on energy
efficiency and conservation is, identification of roles of
society and individuals regarding energy conservation and
savings; Creation of better awareness of the energy issues
and
their
background;
and
imparting
deeper
understanding of the benefits of actions on energy
conservation to society and individuals.
Educational initiatives to raise awareness about energy
efficiency and conservation with the main theme in mind
that everyone in the country has to play his or her role
in selecting efficient technology in every sphere of
150
energy consuming area like work places, homes,
vehicles etc. Everyone should be able to derive the
benefits of energy efficiency for himself, his family,
society and the country.
It is well known that large part of our ideas, knowledge and
our adult hood behavior are influenced by our education in
the childhood. Education obtained in the child hood did
mold our individual attitudes by exposing out selves to new
ideas and concepts.
Since children and youth accept and adopt to new ideas or
change faster than the adults, school children of all ages
can be brought through education program that balances
between
theory
and
practical
aspects
through
instructions/lectures/, demonstration, developing hands
on skills through training and exposure to design and
manufacturing.
Benefits of the educational program should be able to
demonstrate the positive consequence of changing
behavior.
When
people
understand
that
energy
conservation and energy saving means saving money and
considerable savings can be achieved through simple
practical steps, it will contribute towards achieving the
target of energy conservation. So change of behavior can
be brought through the fundamental motivation of
personal benefits. Also a clear message should be spread
that lower energy consumption combined with increased
use of cleaner source of energy will reduce pollution leading
to less expense on health, reduced Green House
151
Gas/GHG/ and climatic change. It will be necessary to
include subjects covering energy conservation in the
curriculum starting from lower grades.
However for planting new ideas about energy
efficiency and conservation in adults the education
has to be outside school. The message and methods for
adult education has to be different from that for children
and youth. In this case the message can be conveyed
more effectively through entertainment and has to be
more informal. Television is one of the powerful medium
that can be used effectively but the program should design
the communication in a way to convey the message and
develop interest about energy conservation in the minds of
all who see the programs. Quiz and interactive programs
are likely to be more effective in cases of adults.
For professionals in energy related works effective
mediums are workshop, websites, seminars in training
technical workforce engaged in energy management and
introducing newer developments in the fields of energy
conservation and sustainable energy.
The program therefore will develop packages under the
target groups detailed in Attachment Two. Packages shall
be designed according to the needs of the identified
mythologies
viz:
information
campaign,
animated
presentations, lectures, quizzes for media outlets, and
curriculum for elementary, junior secondary and
secondary, university levels. The resources of HIFAB and
Society of Ethiopian Electrical Engineers will be used
152
to develop these as long as within the project financial
scope.
EEA will implement the information campaign adult
education and professional training continuously with the
understanding that change of behavior will take time to
effect. Forums for communicating the message shall be
planned and budgeted annually. Where there is shortage of
finance opportunities will be pursued with stakeholders to
co-organize the programs.
Some teaching materials developed by HIFAB and
Ethiopian Society of Electrical Engineers will be posted on
the websites of the Agency and other willing stakeholder
institutions including higher learning institutions, private
companies, and government ministries.
At this stage the only immediate need is the development of
the training packages. Cost of these items is assumed to be
incorporated in the original project budget. Therefore no
separate cost estimate for this particular job is indicated in
this document.
153
V/ Target groups and their electrical energy
consumption & anticipated gains
A/ Target groups
There is, presumably, high potential for energy saving and
conservation in all sectors of the economy. However there
are limited studies and some studies are already old to
effectively serve under the present circumstances. There
have been efforts around stove efficiency and provision of
alternative energy sources in the rural areas. Stove
efficiency is reportedly one of the successful achievements.
Past studies indicate that significant level of saving
potential exists in a range of industries across the country
such as textile; tannery, food processing etc. and
commercial applications have been found to be significant.
The outcome of the energy audit showed 40 to 50 % heat
loss to the atmosphere.
Very recently and after subsequent increase in price of
energy, industries and many service sectors are attempting
to find the means to alleviate the effect through application
of different demand management and alternative energy
sources. Recently very few private energy efficiency service
firms are coming in to the market. Potentially they will play
critical roles in improving energy utilization performance in
the service industries and manufacturing sectors.
154
B/ Power consumption & anticipated savings
The level of saving from efficiency in any industry and
customer group at large appears to be cost effective at the
current electricity prices and therefore has to be pursued
with the necessary institutional backups.
This scenario would be very different, more than justifying
most of the energy saving investments, in the event of an
inevitable upward tariff revision which is long overdue. As
part of this effort the ongoing DSM project shall shade
more light on energy saving potential across the economic
sectors, after an anticipated series of field measurement
and data analysis, and during the project period the
identified interventions are expected to follow.
155
Electricity Sales by customers category for year 2009/2010
Customers
group
Energy
consumption
GWh
Domestic
Percentage Average
Power
Share
Demand
/ MW/
Anticipates
energy Savings &
Load shifting
Energy Power
GWh
MW
1190.84
36.48
135
59.5
13.5
Commercial
813.39
24.91
92.85
40.66
9.28
Law
voltage
Industrial
713.13
21.84
81
35.66
8.10
High Voltage
Industrial
509.56
15.59
58
25.47
2.9
37.49
1.11
43
1.87
2.15
3,264.41
100
371.42 163.16
35.93
Others
Total
NB Assumptions are i/60 % system load factor ii/10% power saving and 5% energy savings
for domestic, commercial & low volt Industrial, iii/
5% power savings and 10 % energy
savings for High Volt Industrial consumers.
Energy saving to the tune of 163 GWh and power saving
mostly via load shifting of 35 MW. In every economic sector
it is estimated that there is a potential savings of energy
about 25 percent. This is huge and worth all the effort.
156
ATTACHMENNT ONE
Budget and action plan proposal
Price list
No
Proposed
Activities
Amount
Time frame
Unit
price in
Birr
Total price
in Birr
1
Design and printing
of Posters
250
DVDs
400
100,000
2
Design and printing
of: a/ Bbrochures
b/ Postage Stamp
10,000
5
50,000
500 000
?
500,000
3
Preparation
&
broadcasting
of
documentary film
1serious
20-30
minutes
-
100,000
4
Dissemination
of
the documentary
film with DVD
250
DVDs
40
10,000
5
Stage play
1 serious
15-20
minutes
-
20,000
Recording
&
dissemination
of
stage play with DVD
clips
250
DVDs
7
Preparation
&
dissemination
of
home made spot
with DVDs
250
DVDs
8
Payment
for
actors/actress for
home made spot
production
9
Purchase of video
camera
6
Jan
Fe
b
Mar






April
May
Jun
e
July






-



It will be presented on the 2
workshop & other events.
40
Remark
s
nd
DSM
10,000
-
nd
After the 2 DSM workshop.
40
10,000
1 serious
-
8000
1
-
65,000
157







-
Price list
Proposed
Activities
No
10
Purchase of editing
soft wares
Amount
3 types
Time frame
Unit
price in
Birr
Total price
in Birr
-
5000
Jan
Fe
b


Mar
April
May
Jun
e
July
Remark
s
-
ATTACHMENT TWO Energy efficiency & conservation education
program related to target groups:
Target
groups
Subjects and
themes
1
Citizensresidenti
al sector
EE at homes,
Emission
savings
EEA
Info campaign
2
Building
manager
s/compa
nies
Energy savings
potentials
in
buildings
HIFAB/EE
A
Info
campaign/prese
ntations
3
Wholesal
e
and
retail
shopping
centers
EE
market
development
EEA
Info campaign
/presentations
4
NGOs
and
consume
r’s
associati
ons
EE
market
development
EEA
Info campaign
/presentations,
conferences
5
Preschoo
lers and
Elementa
ry school
EE at homes,
Emission
savings
EEA/AAU
TECH
Presentation of
video animated
films
with
cartoon
brochure
as
158
Responsi
ble
Education
method
students
additional
material
6
High
school
and
universit
y
students
EE at homes,
Emission
savings
EEA/AAUTECH
Lectures
and
presentations
plus posters as
reminders
to
lectures
learned
7
Energy
suppliers
EE in supply
channel
EEA
Info campaign
/presentations,
Conferences
8
Cultural
heritage
preserver
s
Green building,
Green office
EEA/AAUTECH
Info
campaign/semi
nars
9
Local
and
Central
Governm
ent
Energy
management
EEA
DSM
Education
program
9
a
Manage
ment/De
cision
makers
Energy
management in
buildings,
funding
potentials
EEA
Introductory
presentation
9b
Technica
l
staff/Buil
ding
manager
s
EM
IT
system,
Building
register
EEA
Workshops,
seminars
Energy
Efficienc
y
team
staff
Energy
management in
buildings, EM
IT info system,
Building stock
EEA
Workshops,
seminars
9c
info
stock
159
register
9d
All local
and
central
governm
ent
employe
es
General
Motivation and
Awareness
EEA
Workshops
10
Farms
and
agricultu
ral
entities
EE and RES in
farms
EEA
Info campaign
11
Business
and
commerc
ial
sector/S
MEsOffices
Green
Office,
General
Motivation and
Awareness
EEA
Workshops
12
Building
designer
s
architects
,
mechanic
al
engineer
s etc.)
Green Building
design
EEA
Workshops,
seminars
13
Professio
nal
associati
ons
Green building
design
EEA/AAUTECH
Workshops,
seminars
14
Energy
auditors
Energy auditing
EEA
Hands
on
training,
professional
training
160
15
Tourist
sector
(SMEs,
restauran
ts, small
pensions
)
EE in
sector
tourist
EEA
Seminars,
presentations,
conferences
16
Hotel
owners
and
manager
s
EE in tourist
sector, Funding
potentials
EEA
Seminars,
presentations,
conferences
17
Industry
manage
ment
General
Motivation and
Awareness
EEA
Info.
Campaign/semi
nar
161
ATTACHMENT THREE:
Prototype Banners
Fp1.psd
Fp2.psd
Fp3.psd
162
Fp5.psd
163
Fp6.psd
ATTACHMENT; Flayers Amharic version
ሇኢንዱስትሪና ሇአገሌግልት ተቋማት
የሚሰራጭ ብሮሸር
ኢነርጂን በብቃትና በቁጠባ በመጠቀም ከተጨማሪ ወጪ ይዲኑ!
ኢንደስትሪዎችና የአገሌግልት ተቋማት በውሃ ኃይሌ የሚመነጭ የኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌን ብቻ ሳይሆን
ነዲጅን፣ ባዮማስን፣ጂኦተርማሌን በኢነርጂ ምንጭነት ይጠቀማለ፡፡ በሀገራችን ከሚመረተው የኢላክትሪክ
ኃይሌ 4ዏ%ቱን የሚጠቀሙት ኢንዱስትሪዎች ናቸው፡፡
በሚቀጥለት አምስት አመታት ኢኮኖሚው ከግብርና መር ወዯ ኢንደስትሪ መር ሇሚያዯርገው የሽግግር
ሂዯት ቁሌፍ ከሆኑት ግብዓቶች ውስጥ የኢነርጂ አቅርቦትና የአጠቃቀም ብቃትና ቁጠባ በዋናነት
ይጠቀሳሌ፡፡
ኢነርጂን በቁጠባ ሇመጠቀም ተግባራዊ ሌናዯርጋቸው የሚገቡ እርምጃዎች

ኃይሌ አባካኝ አምፑልችን በማስወገዴ ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፑልችን ይጠቀሙ!
164
ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፑሌ (Compact
ኃይሌ አባካኝ አምፑሌ (Incandescent
Lamp)
Florescent Lamp/CFL)
-
ከ7ዏ-75% ኢነርጂ በመቆጠብ ከተጨማሪ
-
8ዏ% የኢነርጂ ብክነትን ያስክትሊሌ፡፡
ወጪ ያዴናሌ፡፡
-
ነባሩ
አባካኙ
አምፑሌ
ዯግሞ ከ3‚000-4‚000 ሰዓታት ብቻ ነው
1ዏ‚000 ሰዓታት አገሌግልት ይሰጣሌ፡፡
አገሌግልት የሚሰጠው፡፡
የሚወስዯውን
ኃይሌ
እስከ
-
9ዏ% ወዯ ብርሃን ይሇውጣሌ፡፡
ኃይሌ
ቆጣቢ
አምፑሌ
አነስተኛ
አየር ብክሇትን ይከሊከሊሌ፡፡
መስብህነት
ያሇው
ቀሇም
የሚወስዯውን
ሃይሌ
1ዏ%
ወዯ
ብርሃንና 9ዏ% ወዯ አሌተፈሇገ ሙቀት
ይሇውጣሌ፡፡የኢነርጂ
ካርቦንዲይኦክሳይዴን በማመንጨት የከባቢ
-
ኃይሌ
አንዴ ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፑሌ ከ8‚ዏዏ0አምፑለ
-
ወይም
ያስከትሊሌ፡፡
-
በመርጨት
ሇቤት ውበትን ይሰጣሌ፡፡
ብክነትንም
ኃይሌ አባካኝ አምፑሌ ባንፃሩ ሇአሇም
ሙቀት
መጨመር
የሆነውን
ከፍተኛ
አንደ
መንስዔ
ካርቦንዲይኦክሳይዴ
በማመንጨት የአካባቢ አየር ብክሇትን
ያስከትሊሌ፡፡

ኢንደስትሪዎችና የአገሌግልት ተቋማት የቦይሇር ብቃትን በመጠበቅና በማሻሻሌ የኢነርጂ
ብክነትን መከሊከሌ ይጠበቅባቸዋሌ፡፡

የቦይሇሩን የቅዜቃዛ/ የሙቀት መቆጣጠሪያ መሣሪያ /ቴርሞስታት/ 6ዏ0C ሊይ በማዴረግ
ካሊስፈሊጊ የኢነርጂ ብክነትና ወጪ ይዲኑ!
165

ኢንደስትሪዎች እንፋልት ሇማመንጨት የሚጠቀሙት ቦይሇር ሇከፍተኛ
የካባቢ
አየር
ብክሇት
መንስዔ
በመሆኑ
በፀሏይ
ኃይሌ
የሚሠሩ
የውሀ
ማሞቂያዎችንም ጭምር በተጓዲኝ በመጠቀም ተፅዕኖውን ይቀንሱ!

ብቃት
ያሊቸውን
የኤላክትሪክ
ሞተሮች
በመጠቀም
ኢነርጂን
ይቆጥቡ!የሞተሮችን
40%
የኢነርጂ አጠቃቀም የቁጥጥርና የአውቶሜሽን ስሌቶችን በመተግበር ፍጆታዎን ይቀንሱ!

ኢንደስትሪዎች የኃይሌ አጠቃቀምን በማሻሻሌ በኩሌ
ሰፊ ሥራ ይጠበቅባቸዋሌ፡፡ በተሇይ
የሪአክቲቭ ፓወርን መቀነስ የኃይሌ አቅርቦቱ ሊይ እየዯረሰ ያሇውን የአቅም መጨናነቅ
ሇማቃሇሌ ትሌቅ አስተዋፅዖ አሇው፡፡

ሞተሮች፣ መበየጃ መሣሪያዎችና ሌዩ ሌዩ በኤላክትሪክ የሚሠሩ የብረታ ብረት ማቅሇጫዎች
የሪአክቲቭ ኃይሌ ምንጭ ናቸው፡፡የርስዎ ኢንደስትሪ ፓወር ፋክተር ከ0.9 በታች ከሆነ አሁኑኑ
መፍትሄ ይስጡት!

የሚጠቀሙበትን የኤላክትሪክ መሳሪያ ፓወር ፋክተር በካፓሲተር በማካካስ
የኤላክትሪክ
ፍጆታ ወጪዎን በመቀነስ ሀገራዊ ግዳታዎን ይወጡ!

ፍሪጆች መዜጊያቸው በትክክሌ መ዗ጋቱን ያረጋግጡ! ሙቀት ከሚፈጥሩ ነገሮች ማራቅዎን
አይርሱ!

የአየር
ማቀዜቀዣዎን
(Air
conditioner)
የሙቀት
መፈተሽ፣በትክክሌ መስራታቸውን ማረጋገጥ አሇብዎት!
166
አጠቃቀም
ሁኔታ
በየጊዛው
ኢነርጂን በብቃት በመጠቀምና በመቆጠብ የምናገኛቸው ፋይዲዎች
 በሃገራችን የኃይሌ ፍጆታ ውስጥ ከፍተኛ ዴርሻ ባሇው የኢንደስትሪ ዗ርፍ የኃይሌ ብቃትና
ቁጠባ አስራርን በማስፈን በብዘ መቶዎች ሜጋዋት የሚገመት ኃይሌ ማዯን ይቻሊሌ፡፡
ሇአብነትም በ2ዏዏ1 ዓ.ም ከ4.5 ሚሉዮን በሊይ ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፑልችን ሇህብረተሰቡ
በማከፋፈሌና ተጠቃሚ ማዴረግ በመቻለ ብቻ ወዯ 80 ሜጋዋት የሚጠጋ
ኃይሌ መቆጠብ
ተችሎሌ፡፡
 ኢንደስትሪዎች፣
የትራንስፖርትና
ጋዜ(ካርቦንዲይኦክሳይዴ)
ሇዓሇም
ላልች
ሙቀት
የአገሌግልት
መጨመር
መንስዔ
዗ርፎች
ሆኗሌ፡፡
የሚሇቁት
በካይ
የአየርና
የውሃ
ብክሇትንም እያስከተሇ ነው፡፡ የካባቢ የአየር ሇውጥ ተፅዕኖ በሰው ሌጅ ጤንነት ሊይ አለታዊ
ችግር ከማሳዯሩ ባሻገር
አንዲንዴ የእፅዋትና የእንሰሳት ዜርያዎችንም ከገፀ ምዴር የማጥፋት
አዯጋ ጋርጦባቸዋሌ፡፡
 ታዲሽ ያሌሆኑ የኢነርጂ ምንጮች አነስተኛና በአካባቢ ጥበቃ ሊይ አለታዊ ተፅዕኖ የሚያሳዴሩ
በመሆናቸው፤የኢነርጂ ሃብታችንን በብቃትና በቁጠባ በመጠቀም ታዲሽ የኃይሌ ምንጮችን
በስፋት በመጠቀም የውጪ ምንዚሬን ማዲን ይቻሊሌ፡፡
 ኢነርጂን መቆጠብ አስተማማኝ ኢነርጂን ሇማቅረብና የተሻሇ ኑሮን ሇመምራት ያስችሊሌ፡፡
ኢነርጂን መቼ እንቆጥብ?

ከፍተኛ የኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌ ጭነት ባሇበት ወቅት (peak hours) የኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌን
ከመጠቀም መቆጠብ በኃይሌ አቅርቦት ሊይ የሚፈጠረውን ጫና ሇመቀነስ ከመርዲቱም ባሻገር
የኃይሌ አቅርቦት በማይጨናነቅበት ሰዓት መጠቀም በአነስተኛ ኃይሌ ጥሩ ውጤት በማግኘት
የኤላክትሪክ ፍጆታ ክፍያን ይቀንሳሌ፡፡
167
ከ1-6ተኛ ክፍሌ ሊለ ተማሪዎች የሚሰራጭ ብሮሸር
ኢነርጂ ምንዴነው? ጥቅሙስ?

ኢነርጂ ማሇት አንዴን ሥራ ሇመሥራት የሚያስችሌ አቅም ወይም ጉሌበት ማሇት ነው፡፡

ኢነርጂ አንዴን ነገር ወይም ዕቃ ከቦታ ወዯ ቦታ ሇማንቀሳቀስ፣ ሇማንሳት ብርሃን ወይም
ሙቀትን ሇመስጠት ይጠቅማሌ፡፡

ምግብ ሇማብሰሌ፣ ሬዱዮ ሇማዲመጥ፣ ቴላቪዥን ሇመመሌከትና በርካታ ሥራዎችን ሇመሥራት
ኢነርጂ ከፍተኛ ጥቅም ይሰጣሌ፡፡ በአጠቃሊይ ኢነርጂ የህሌውናችን መሰረት ነው ማሇት
ይቻሊሌ፡፡
የኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌ የሚመረተው ወይም የሚመነጨው ታዲሽና ታዲሽ ካሌሆኑ ሁሇት የኢነርጂ
ምንጮች ነው፡፡
1/ ታዲሽ የኢነርጂ ምንጮች

በየጊዛው የሚታዯሱ ወይም ሉተኩ የሚችለ የኢነርጂ ምንጮች ናቸው፡፡
ምሳላ፡-
ንፋስ ፣
ውሃ፣ ፀሏይ፣ የተሇያዩ ዕፅዋቶችንና ተረፈምርቶችን በመጠቀም የሚመነጭ ወይም የሚመረት
ኢነርጂ /Biomass/፣ ከመሬት ውስጥ የሚወጣውን ሙቀት በመጠቀም የሚመነጭ ኢነርጂ
(Geothermal)፣ ወ዗ተ ታዲሽ የኢነርጂ ምንጮች ናቸው፡፡
168
2/ ታዲሽ ያሌሆኑ /የማይታዯሱ/ የኢነርጂ ምንጮች

ሉታዯሱ /ሉተኩ የማይችለ/ የተፈጥሮ ሃብት ናቸው፡፡
ምሳላ፡- ነዲጅ፣ የተፈጥሮ ጋዜ፣ የከበረ ዴንጋይ፣ወ዗ተ…
169
የኢነርጂ ብቃትና ቁጠባ ምንዴነው?
የኢነርጂ ብቃትና ቁጠባ ማሇት በዜቅተኛ የኢነርጂ ፍጆታና ዋጋ ተመሳሳይ ወይም ከፍተኛ ዯረጃ
ያሇው የኢነርጂ አገሌግልት ማቅረብ መቻሌ ነው፡፡
የኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌ /ኢነርጂ/ የሀገራችንን ሌማት ሇማፋጠን ከፍተኛ ጥቅም አሇው፡፡ ትምህርት
ቤቶች
ከፍተኛ
መሳሪያዎች
የሆነ
ኢነርጂን
መገሌገያነት
ይከሰታሌ፡፡በመሆኑም
ሇብርሃን፣ሇሙቀት፣ሇቅዜቃዛ፣በኤላክትሪክ
ይጠቀሙበታሌ፡፡በዙህ
ኢነርጂን
ባግባቡና
በቁጠባ
ሂዯት
መጠቀም
አሊስፈሊጊ
ኃይሌ
ሇሚሰሩ
የኢነርጂ
ብክነት
ያስፈሌጋሌ፡፡እናንተ
ተማሪዎችም
በቤታችሁም ሆነ በትምህርት ቤታችሁ ኢነርጂን በቁጠባ የመጠቀም ሌምዴ ማዲበር አሇባችሁ፡፡
የሚከተለትን ቀሊሌ
እርምጃዎች
ሥራ
ሊይ በማዋሌ
አሊስፈሊጊ የኃይሌ
ብክነትን መቀነስ
እንዯሚቻሌ መገን዗ብ ይኖርባችኃሌ፡፡

በቤታችሁ
ውስጥ
ያለ
ኃይሌ
አባካኝ
አምፑልችን
በኃይሌ
ቆጣቢ
አምፑልች
ቀይረው
እንዱጠቀሙ ሇቤተሰቦቻችሁ መንገር አሇባችሁ፡፡ ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፑልች ከ7ዏ% - 75%
ኢነርጂ በመቆጠብ ከተጨማሪ ወጪ ያዴናለ፡፡መስብህነት ያሇው ቀሇም በመሌቀቅ ሇቤት
ውበትን ይሰጡሌ፡፡

አምፑልች በጥንቃቄና በየጊዛው ማፅዲት ይገባሌ!
170

በመኖሪያ ቤታችሁም ሆነ በት/ቤት ውስጥ እያሊችሁ በቀን መብራት አታብሩ! አሊግባብ መብራት
በርቶ ካገኛችሁ ማጥፋታችሁን አትርሱ!

መማሪያ ክፍሊችሁ መስኮት ሊይ የተሇጠፉ ፖስተሮችና ስዕልችን በማንሳት የፀሏይ ብርሃን
እንዱገባ በማዴረግ በቀን መብራት ከመጠቀም መቆጠብ አሇባችሁ!

ፍሪጆች መዜጊያቸው በትክክሌ መ዗ጋቱን አረጋግጡ! ሙቀት ከሚፈጥሩ ነገሮች አጠገብ
መቀመጥ የሇባቸውም፡፡
171

ወሊጆች በማይኖሩበት ወቅት አግባብ ያሌሆነ የኤላክትሪክና የኤላክትሮኒክስ ዕቃዎችን
አትጠቀሙ!

የሬዱዮ፣
የቴላቪዥን፣
የኮምፒዩተር፣
የቪዱዮ
ጌም፣
የሞባይሌ
ቻርጀሮችንና
የኤላክትሮኒክስ መሳሪያዎችን ከተጠቀማችሁና ባግባቡ ካጠፋችሁ በኃሊ
ላልች
ሶኬቶች መንቀሊችሁን
አትርሱ!

ወሊጆቻችሁ
እንዯ
ፍሪጅ፣ምጣዴ፣ምዴጃና
ላልች
በኤላክትሪክ
የሚሰሩ
መሳሪያዎችን
በሚገዘበት ወቅት ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ መሆናቸውን አረጋግጠው እንዱገዘ መምከር አሇባችሁ!
ኢነርጂ ሇምንዴነው የምንቆጥበው?
 ኢንደስትሪዎች፣
የትራንስፖርትና
ጋዜ(ካርቦንዲይኦክሳይዴ)
ሇዓሇም
ላልች
ሙቀት
የአገሌግልት
መጨመር
መንስዔ
዗ርፎች
ሆኗሌ፡፡
የሚሇቁት
በካይ
የአየርና
የውሃ
ብክሇትንም እያስከተሇ ነው፡፡ የካባቢ የአየር ሇውጥ ተፅዕኖ በሰው ሌጅ ጤንነት ሊይ አለታዊ
ተፅዕኖ ከመፍጠሩ ባሻገር
አንዲንዴ የእፅዋትና የእንሰሳት ዜርያዎችንም ከገፀ ምዴር የማጥፋት
አዯጋ ጋርጦባቸዋሌ፡፡
 ታዲሽ ያሌሆኑ የኢነርጂ ምንጮች አነስተኛና የሚያዯርሱት የአካባቢ ጥበቃ ችግር ከፍተኛ
በመሆኑ የኢነርጂ ሃብታችንን ባግባቡ በመጠቀምና በመቆጠብ ታዲሽ የኃይሌ ምንጮችን በስፋት
ሥራ ሊይ በማዋሌ ተጨማሪ ወጪ ከማውጣት እንዴናሇን፡፡
 ኢነርጂን መቆጠብ አስተማማኝ ኢነርጂን ሇማቅረብና የተሻሇ ኑሮን ሇመምራት እንዯሆነ
መገን዗ብ አሇባችሁ፡፡
172
ሇተሇያዩ የህብረተሰብ ክፍልች የሚሰራጭ ብሮሸር
ኢነርጂን በብቃትና በቁጠባ በመጠቀም ከተጨማሪ ወጪ ይዲኑ!
በሀገራችን የኤላክትሪክ አገሌግልት ተጠቃሚ ከሆኑ ዯንበኞች 87 በመቶ የሚሆኑት የመኖሪያ ቤት
የኤላክትሪክ
ኃይሌ
ተጠቃሚዎች
ናቸው፡፡
ከዙህ
አሀዜ
መረዲት
እንዯሚቻሇው፤
አብዚኛው
የኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌ ፍጆታ የሚውሇው ሇመኖሪያ ቤት የመብራትና የኤላክትሮኒክስ መሳሪያዎች
አገሌግልት ነው፡፡ የመኖሪያ ቤት የኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌ አጠቃቀምን ማስተካከሌ የኃይሌ ጭነትን
ሇመቀነስ ይረዲሌ፡፡
173
የሚከተለትን እርምጃዎች በመውሰዴ የኢነርጂ ብክነትን በመቀነስ ካሊስፈሊጊ /ከተጨማሪ/ ወጪ
ይዲኑ!

ኃይሌ አባካኝ አምፑልችን በማስወገዴ ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፑልችን ይጠቀሙ!
ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፑሌ (Compact
ኃይሌ አባካኝ አምፑሌ (Incandescent Lamp)
Florescent Lamp/CFL)
-
ከ7ዏ
-
75%
ኢነርጂ
በመቆጠብ
ከተጨማሪ ወጪ ያዴናሌ፡፡
-
-
8ዏ% የኢነርጂ ብክነትን ያስክትሊሌ፡፡
-
ነባሩ ወይም ኃይሌ አባካኙ አምፑሌ ዯግሞ ከ3‚000-
አንዴ ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፑሌ ከ8‚ዏዏ01ዏ‚000 ሰዓታት አገሌግልት ይሰጣሌ፡፡
-
አምፑለ
የሚወስዯውን
ኃይሌ
4‚000 ሰዓታት ብቻ ነው አገሌግልት የሚሰጠው፡፡
-
የሚወስዯውን ሃይሌ 1ዏ% ወዯ ብርሃንና 9ዏ% ወዯ
እስከ
አሌተፈሇገ
9ዏ% ወዯ ብርሃን ይሇውጣሌ፡፡
-
ኃይሌ
-
ቆጣቢ
አምፑሌ
ሙቀት
ይሇውጣሌ፡፡የኢነርጂ
ብክነትንም
ያስከትሊሌ፡፡
አነስተኛ
-
ኃይሌ አባካኝ አምፑሌ ባንፃሩ ሇአሇም ሙቀት መጨመር
ካርቦንዲይኦክሳይዴን በማመንጨት የከባቢ
አንደ
አየር ብክሇትን ይከሊከሊሌ፡፡
በማመንጨት የአካባቢ አየር ብክሇትን ያስከትሊሌ፡፡
መስብህነት
ያሇው
ቀሇም
መንስዔ
የሆነውን
ከፍተኛ
ካርቦንዲይኦክሳይዴ
በመርጨት
ሇቤት ውበትን ይሰጣሌ፡፡

በቤታዎም ሆነ በሥራ ሊይ እያለ ሇሥራ ካሌተፈሇገ በስተቀር በቀን መብራት አያብሩ!
ከተጠቀሙም በኃሊ ማጥፋትዎን ያረጋግጡ!
174

የሬዱዮ፣የቴላቪዥን፣የኮምፒዩተር፣የቪዱዮ ጌም፣ የሞባይሌ ቻርጀሮችና ላልች የኤላክትሮኒክስ
መሳሪያዎችን ከተጠቀማችሁና ባግባቡ ካጠፋችሁ በኃሊ ሶኬት መንቀሌዎን አይርሱ! እነዙህ
የኤላክትሮኒክስ መሳሪያዎች ሶኬታቸው ባሇመነቀለ ምክንያት አንዴ ፍሪጅ የሚጠቀመውን
የኢነርጂ ፍጆታ ስሇሚያባክኑ ነው፡፡


የፍሪጃችሁን ቴርሞስታት በማስተካከሌ የኢነርጂ ብክነትን ይከሊከለ!
ሇምግብ
ማብስያ
የሚያገሇግለ
ምዴጃዎች
፣
ምጣድችና
ላልች
በኤላክትሪክ
የሚሰሩ
መሳሪያዎችን በምትገዘበት ወቅት ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ መሆናቸውን ያረጋግጡ!

የመታጠቢያ ቤት የውሃ ማሞቂያ/የቦይሇር/ ቴርሞስታት 6ዏ0C ሊይ በማዴረግ ከተጨማሪ
የኢነርጂ ብክነትና ወጪ ይዲኑ!

ኃይሌና ውሃ ቆጣቢ ማሞቂያዎችን ይጠቀሙ!የውሃ ማስተሊሇፊያ መስመሮቹ ኢነርጂን
እንዲያባክኑ ኢንሱላትዴ መሆን አሇባቸው፡፡

በኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌ የሚሰሩ የሌብስ ማጠቢያ ማሽኖች ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ መሆናቸውን
አረጋግጠው
ይግዘ!

የአየር ማቀዜቀዣ /Air conditioner) የሙቀት መቆጣጠሪያ መሳሪያ በማስተካከሌና ኢነርጂ
እንዲይባክን በማዴረግ ታወጡት ከነበረው 1ዏ% ዋጋ ማዲን ይችሊለ፡፡

አነስተኛ የኢነርጂ ፍጆታ የሚጠቀሙ መሳሪያዎችን በመግዚት ኢነርጂን በብቃትና በቁጠባ
ይጠቀሙ!
ኢነርጂ በመቆጠብ የምናገኛቸው ፋይዲዎች
 የኢነርጂ ብቃትና ቁጠባ አሰራርን በማስፈን በብዘ መቶዎች ሜጋዋት የሚገመት ኃይሌ ማዲን
ይቻሊሌ፡፡ ሇአብነትም በ2ዏዏ1 ዓ.ም ከ4.5 ሚሉዮን በሊይ ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፑልች ሇህብረተሰቡ
በማከፋፈሌና ተጠቃሚ ማዴረግ በመቻለ ብቻ ወዯ 8ዏ ሜጋዋት የሚጠጋ ኃይሌ መቆጠብ
ተችሎሌ፡፡
175
 ኢንደስትሪዎች፣
የትራንስፖርትና
ጋዜ(ካርቦንዲይኦክሳይዴ)
ሇዓሇም
ላልች
ሙቀት
የአገሌግልት
መጨመር
መንስዔ
዗ርፎች
ሆኗሌ፡፡
የሚሇቁት
በካይ
የአየርና
የውሃ
ብክሇትንም እያስከተሇ ነው፡፡ የካባቢ የአየር ሇውጥ ተፅዕኖ በሰው ሌጅ ጤንነት ሊይ አለታዊ
ተፅዕኖ ከመፍጠሩ ባሻገር
አንዲንዴ የእፅዋትና የእንሰሳት ዜርያዎችንም ከገፀ ምዴር የማጥፋት
አዯጋ ጋርጦባቸዋሌ፡፡
 ታዲሽ ያሌሆኑ የኢነርጂ ምንጮች አነስተኛና በአካባቢ ጥበቃ ሊይ አለታዊ ተፅዕኖ የሚያሳዴሩ
በመሆናቸው፤የኢነርጂ ሃብታችንን በአግባቡ መጠቀምና ታዲሽ የኃይሌ ምንጮችን በስፋት
በመጠቀም የውጪ ምንዚሬን ማዲን ይቻሊሌ፡፡
 የኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌ (አነርጂ) ሌማትና እዴገትን ሇማፋጠንና ዴህነትን ሇመዋጋት ከፍተኛ ፋይዲ
አሇው፡፡ የተቆጠበ ኢነርጂ ሇአስተማማኝ የኢነርጂ አቅርቦትና ሇተሻሇ ኑሮ መሠረት ነው፡፡
ኢነርጂን መቼ እንቆጥብ?

ከፍተኛ የኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌ ጭነት ባሇበት ወቅት (peak hours) ማሇትም ከምሽቱ 12 ሰዓት
እስከ ምሽቱ 3 ሰዓት ባሇው ጊዛ በኤላክትሪክ የሚሰሩ ዕቃዎችን እንዯ ውሃ ማሞቂያ
፣ምጣዴ፣ምዴጃና ካውያ ወ዗ተ… ከመጠቀም መቆጠብ በኃይሌ አቅርቦት ሊይ የሚፈጠረውን
ጫና ሇመቀነስ ከመርዲቱም ባሻገር የኃይሌ አቅርቦት በማይጨናነቅበት ሰዓት ብትጠቀሙ
በአነስተኛ ኃይሌ ጥሩ ውጤት በማግኘት ሇኤላክትሪክ ፍጆታ የምትከፍለት ዋጋ አነስተኛ
ይሆናሌ፡፡
Tv and radio Sopts
ሇኢትዮጵያ ኤላክትሪክ ኤጀንሲ በኢነርጂ አጠቃቀምና ቁጠባ ዘሪያ የተሰራ የአንዴ
ዯቂቃ የቴላቭዥን ማስታወቂያ /አማርኛ/
ትርኢቱ ሲጀምር ኑኑሽ ወንበር ሊይ ቆማ ሀይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፖሌ /ሲኤፍኤሌ/ ትቀይራሇች
አባት፡-
ምንዴ ነው ኑኑሽ /ወዯ ሳልን እየገቡ/
176
ኑኑሽ፡-
ሀይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፖሌ /ሲኤፍኤሌ/ አባባ አሁን የኤላክትሪክ ክፍያ ይቀንስሌሃሌ
አባት፡-
እውነትሽን ነው?
አስረጂ፡-
ሌክ ነው በ዗መናዊ የሀይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፖሌ /ሲኤፍኤሌ/ ሲጠቀሙ የኤላክትሪክ
ፍጆታዎን
8ዏ
በመቶ
ይቀንሳለ፡፡
የCFL አምፑልች
የሚያመነጩት
ሙቀት
አነስተኛ
ኑኑሽ፡-
በመሆኑ በሙቀት አይቸገሩም፡፡
አባባ በአዋሽ ወንዜ ሊይ የተገነቡ ሶስት የሃይሌ ማመንጫዎች 8ዏ ሜጋዋት
እንዯሚያመነጩ ታውቃሇህ?
አባት፡-
8ዏ ሜጋዋት በጣም ብዘ ነው
ኑኑሽ፡የሃይሌ
አየህ ሇህብረተሰቡ በተሰራጨው አምስት ሚሉዮን ሀይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፖሌ አዱስ
ማመንጫ መገንባት ሳያስፈሌግ ከ8ዏ ሜጋዋት በሊይ የኤላክትሪክ ሀይሌ መቆጠብ
ተችሎሌ፡፡
አባት፡-
በዙህች? ወይ ግሩም
ኑኑሽ፡-
በነገራችን ሊይ ኃይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፖሌ የኃይሌ ብክነትን በመቀነስ የአየር ብክሇትንም
ይከሊከሊሌ፡፡
ስዕሌ፡-
/የኤላክትሪክ ምጣዴ፣ ስቶቭ፣ ካውያ፣ የሌብስ ማጠቢያ ማሽን እየታየ/
አስረጂ፡-
በማንኛውም ጊዛና ቦታ የሚገሇገለባቸውን የኤላክትሪክ ምጣዴ፣ ምዴጃ፣
ካውያ፣ የሌብስ ማጠቢያ ማሽንና ላልች የኤላክትሪክ መሣሪያዎችን ተራ በተራ፣
የሀይሌ ፍሊጏት ጫና በማይበዚበት ከምሽቱ 3፡00 እስከ ጠዋቱ 12፡00 ሰዓት
በመጠቀም፣
ገን዗ብዎን
እንዱሁም
መሣሪያዎቹ
በማያስፈሌጉበት
ሠዓት
በማጥፋትና
ከሶኬት
በመንቀሌ
ያዴኑ ሀገርዎንም ይጥቀሙ ፡፡
አባት፡እያነበቡ
ወይ ጉዴ
እስከ ዚሬ ብዘ ተጏዴተናሌና በመኝታ ቤት ኑንሽና አባት ተቀምጠው
መስኮት ተከፍቶ በተፈጥሮ ብርሃን ኑኑሽ ሊፕቶፕ ሊይ እየሰራች፣ አባት መጽሏፍ
177
አስረጂ፡-
እንዱህ እንዯነሱ ያለበትን ክፍሌ መስኮቶች በመክፈት በተፈጥሮ ብርሃን የፈሇጉትን
ስራ
በማከናወን የኤላክትሪክ ፍጆታዎን ይቀንሱ
ኑኑሽ፡-
አባባ በፀሏይ ሀይሌ የሚሰራ የውሃ ማሞቂያ በቤታችን ሇማስገጠም ተነጋግሬ
ጨርሻሇሁ
አባት፡-
እንዱህ እንዯ ጎረቤታችን ተስፋዬ ያሇ ማሇትሽ ነው? /ኑኑሽ አንገቷን ትነቀንቃሇች/
አባት፡-
ተባረኪ እንኳንም ተወሇዴሽ እንኳን ተማርሽ
ኑኑሽ፡-
የኤላክትሪክ ሃይሌ ሳያስፈሌግ በፀሏይ ሀይሌ ብቻ ውሃ የሚያሞቅ በመሆኑ
የኤላክትሪክ
ክፍያ ወጪህ ዲነ አይዯሇም አባ /አባት ፈገግ ይሊለ/
የኤላክትሪክ ኤጀንሲ ልጎ እየታየ
አስረጂ፡-
ኢነርጂን መቆጠብ ይቻሊሌ የኤላክትሪክ ፍጆታችንን በመቀነስ ሀገራዊ እዴገታችንን
እናፋጥን፡፡
በውሃና ኢነርጂ ሚኒስቴር
የኢትዮጵያ ኤላክትሪክ ኤጀንሲ
ሇኢትዮጵያ ኤላክትሪክ ኤጀንሲ በኢነርጂ አጠቃቀምና ቁጠባ ዘሪያ የተሰራ
የአንዴ ዯቂቃ የሬዱዮ ማስታወቂያ
የመግቢያ ሙዙቃ
አባት፡-
ኑኑሽ ምንዴነው የምትቀይሪው
ኑኑሽ፡-
አዱሱን ሀይሌ ቆጣቢ /ሲኤፍኤሌ አምፖሌ/
አባት፡-
ኧረ መሌኩ ማማሩ
ኑኑሽ፡-
አባባ ጥቅሙስ
አባት፡-
እንዳት
አስረጂ፡በመቶ
እንዳት ማሇት ጥሩ አዱሱ ሀይሌ ቆጣቢ /ሲኤፍኤሌ አምፖሌን/ ቢጠቀሙ ሰማንያ
የኤላክትሪክ
ፍጆታዎን
ይቀንሳለ፡፡
አነስተኛ
178
የCFL አምፑሌ
የሚያመነጨው
ሙቀት
በመሆኑ በሙቀት አይቸገሩም፡፡ ያስተውለ ሲኤፍኤሌ አምፖሌ የኃይሌ ብክነትን
በመቀነስ የአየር ብክሇትን ይከሊከሊሌ፡፡
በተሰራጨው
ባሇፉት ጥቂት ጊዛያት ወዯ ህብረተሰቡ
5 ሚሉዮን ሀይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፖልች አማካኝነት አዱስ የሃይሌ ማመንጫ ሳንገነባ ከ80
ሜጋዋት በሊይ የኤላክትሪክ ሀይሌ መቆጠብ ተችሎሌ፡፡
አባት፡-
ወይ! ሀይሌ ቆጣቢ አምፖሌ አንቺ ተአምረኛ አዯሇች እንዳ?
ኑኑሽ፡-
አባባ የኤላክትሪክ ኃይሌ መቆጠብ በተሇይ እንዯኛ በማዯግ ሊይ ሊሇ ሀገር ወሣኝ ነው፡፡
አስረጂ፡ካውያ፣
ሌብ ይበለ በየትኛውም ጊዛና ቦታ የሚገሇገለባቸውን የኤላክትሪክ ምጣዴ፣ ምዴጃ፣
የሌብስ ማጠቢያ ማሽኖች ወ዗ተ… የኤላክትሪክ ፍሊጎት ጫና በማይበዚበት ከምሽቱ
3፡00 እስከ ጠዋቱ 12፡00 ሰዓት ተራ በተራ በመጠቀም እንዱሁም አገሌግልት
በማይሰጡበት ሠዓት በማጥፋትና ከሶኬት በመንቀሌ የክፍያ ሂሳብዎን ይቀንሱ/ያዴኑ
ኑኑሽ፡-
አባባ ታያሇህ እነ አቶ ተስፋዬ የሚያሰቅለትን
አባት፡-
ምንዴነው በይ?
ኑኑሽ፡-
በፀሏይ ብርሃን ብቻ የሚሰራ የውሃ ማሞቂያ
አባት፡-
ሶኬት ሳይሰካ?
ኑኑሽ፡-
አይገርምህም ይህን በፀሏይ ሀይሌ የሚሠራ ውሃ ማሞቂያ ገጠምክ ማሇት በፈሇከው
ሰዓት የሞቀ ውሃ ታገኛሇህ፡፡ የኤላክትሪክ ፍጆታህን በመቀነስ ተጠቃሚ ትሆናሇህ፡፡
አባት፡-
ታዱያ እኛስ ምን እንጠብቃሇን ቶል ብሇን እናስገጥማ
አስረጂ፡በመስኮትዎ
የቢሮና
አስተዋፅ±
የቤትዎን
መብራት
በአግባቡ
በማጥፋት
በቂ
የፀሏይ
ብርሃን
በበርዎና
ካገኙ የኤላትክሪክ ሀይሌ ከመጠቀም በመቆጠብ ሇሀገራዊ ኢነርጂ ቁጠባ የበኩሌዎን
በማዴረግ በግሌም ተጠቃሚ ይሁኑ፡፡
በውሃና ኢነርጂ ሚኒስቴር
የኢትዮጵያ ኤላክትሪክ ኤጀንሲ
179
Annex 4
Demand Side Management for
Climate Change Adaptation for the
Ethiopian Power Sector
Hifab Oy
Statistical analysis of the electricity
consumption of Ethiopia for DSM
purposes
Seppo Kärkkäinen
DSM Expert
Date: 15.10.2012
180
Table of Contents
1
BACKGROUND TO THE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS ................................................................................. 184
2 THE ELECTRICITY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION AS WELL AS CONSUMPTION IN
ETHIOPIA ................................................................................................................................................... 185
3
4
5
2.1
Generation, transmission and distribution ............................................................................... 185
2.2
Consumption ............................................................................................................................. 188
ANALYSIS OF THE HISTORICAL CONSUMPTION DATA ...................................................................... 190
3.1
Data sources.............................................................................................................................. 190
3.2
Methodology used in the analysis of historical data ................................................................ 190
3.3
Domestic customers ................................................................................................................. 194
3.4
Commercial and low-voltage industrial customers .................................................................. 195
LOAD CURVE ANALYSIS ON THE BASIS OF SPECIAL METERING ........................................................ 197
4.1
Metering objectives .................................................................................................................. 197
4.2
Number of customers and metering periods in the Project ......................................... 198
4.3
What is load curve?................................................................................................................... 198
4.4
Basic statistical analysis behind the load curves....................................................................... 199
4.5
The USELOAD software used in the actual analysis .................................................................. 201
4.6
Load curve analysis with USELOAD ........................................................................................... 202
4.7
Results from the residential customers .................................................................................... 206
4.7.1
Annual and monthly consumption of the measured customers ...................................... 206
4.7.2
Load profiles of the residential customers ....................................................................... 207
4.7.3
Load profiles for the commercial and industrial customers (3-phase meters) ................ 211
POWER QUALITY ON THE BASIS OF SPECIAL METERING .................................................................. 224
5.1
6
Power quality analysis............................................................................................................... 225
5.1.1
Unavailability of power due to the outages...................................................................... 225
5.1.2
Undervoltages at customers ............................................................................................. 226
5.1.3
Reactive power ................................................................................................................. 227
CUSTOMER SURVEYS ........................................................................................................................ 228
181
6.1
Objectives and contents of customer surveys .......................................................................... 228
6.2
Handling of the survey data ...................................................................................................... 229
6.3
Results of the residential customers......................................................................................... 230
6.3.1
The surveyed customers ................................................................................................... 230
6.3.2
Hot water production and storage ................................................................................... 232
6.3.3
Lighting .............................................................................................................................. 233
6.3.4
Cooking ............................................................................................................................. 235
6.3.5
Cold appliances ................................................................................................................. 237
6.3.6
Entertainment appliances ................................................................................................. 238
6.3.7
Other appliances ............................................................................................................... 240
6.3.8
Summary of residential consumption ............................................................................... 241
6.4
7
Three-phase customers ............................................................................................................ 243
References ........................................................................................................................................ 244
Appendix 1. Household Questionnaire
Appendix 2: Questionnaire for Service and Industrial Customers
182
FOREWORD
This report is the final version of statistical analysis report of the Project “Demand Side Management for
Climate Change Adaptation for the Ethiopian Power Sector”. It replaces the first version of the report
published 30.5.2012 with the preliminary results.
1. Firstly the report describes the results of the analysis of the historical monthly consumption of the
selected residential, commercial and industrial customers. The data is obtained from the EEPCO data
bases. Secondly results of the half-hourly measured consumers with load curves are given. Finally,
the results of interviews of more than 1000 residential customers outside Addis Ababa and more
than 200 half-hourly metered residential, commercial and industrial customers in Addis Ababa are
described.
Page 183 of 257
1. BACKGROUND TO THE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
One of requirements for industrialization is investment for production units and machinery. A correctly
defined power generation and distribution capacity enables the development of society and economic
growth. Construction and operation of power generation contributes a notable portion of greenhouse
gas emissions. Efficient use of generation capacity is an important way for reducing emissions. Another
side is the electricity use which actually defines how much generation, transmission and distribution
capacity is needed and how it is operated. Demand Side Management (DSM) is a tool to effect to the
consumption. It means actions to control the load of electrical system. DSM can be divided to two
sections: Energy Efficiency where with less energy used the same service can be produced to customers
and Demand Response where energy consumption is reduced with customer advising, pricing and
automation especially aiming to reduce peak load consumption.
Statistical analysis of electricity consumption produces basic information on the use of electricity at
different types of customers. This information is essential when planning different types of DSM actions.
In this study mainly three types of data collection and analysis were carried out.
The first data source is historical electricity use: in this case the data of several tens of thousands
customers were analyzed. Data included monthly electricity consumption during one year, and the
objective of the analysis was to define typical seasonal and geographical variations for different types of
customers. This data was also used in the selection of customers to the measurements.
The second source of the data is special measurements at customers. The objective of this data
collection and analysis is to evaluate load curves for private and small business consumers. Evaluating
and summing up of these curves gives perspective for state of loading in distribution and generation
systems. This information helps evaluating DSM actions. Load curves are measured with enough long
periods to ensure that seasonal demand variations are properly recorded and accuracy of the load
curves is high enough. Measurements are also carried out as close to point of consumption as possible.
Measuring instruments were purchased and installed and they record half-hourly consumption. Results
are statistically analyzed on half-hourly, daily and weekly basis. Summing up of load curves gives the
loading factor in distribution system and restraining conditions.
Third source of the data is to carry out customer surveys where the end-use equipment and their use
are mapped to see where the electricity is actually used. The surveys are carried out both for the halfhourly measured customers and for a larger sample of customers in Ethiopia.
On basis of the above information the DSM actions can be planned, and the Ethiopian counterparts are
trained for the implementation of the DSM actions.
184
2. THE ELECTRICITY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION AS WELL
AS CONSUMPTION IN ETHIOPIA
2.1
Generation, transmission and distribution
The electricity system of the Ethiopian Electric Power Corporation (EEPCO) consists of two power supply
systems: the Interconnected System (ICS) and the Self Contained System (SCS).
In 2010/11 the installed capacity of ICS was 1962 MW, from which hydro 1843 MW, geothermal 7 MW
and diesels 112 MW. CSC consists of 3 small hydros (6.15 MW) and several diesel plants locating
throughout the country (30.52 MW). 0 shows the power generation development by sources in recent
years.
Figure 1. Electricity generation by sources 2006/07 – 2010/11 [2]
The share of diesels is increased considerable in 2007/08 – 2009/10 but decrease again in 2010/11 when
new hydro capacity was taken into operation. In spite of these EEPCO diesels many customers have their
own back-up diesels to be used during power interruptions.
185
Transmission system includes lines between 45 – 230 kV. 0 and 0 shows the recent development
Figure 2. Transmission line (km) development
Figure 3. Transmission line lengths
186
The number of electrified towns and villages has highly increased in recent 5 years resulting in the
electricity access of 46 % in July 2011. This development can clearly be seen also in the distribution lines,
0. The distribution system consists of 33, 19, 15 and 11 kV medium voltage and 380/220 V low-voltage
as well as of 17 445 distribution transformers.
Figure 4. Distribution line development, High-voltage distribution (medium voltages) 15 and 33
kV, low voltages 220 and 380 V.
The system losses (difference between production and sales) are quite high as can be seen from 0. The
share of losses from the generation varies between 16 – 23 %.
Figure 5. Energy production and sales
187
2.2
Consumption
Figure 6 shows the shares of different consumer groups in electricity sales. In 2010/11 the shares of
most important groups were: domestic 38.3 %, commercial 24.5 %, large industry (low-voltage) 20.7 %
and large industry (high-voltage) 15.6 %. Large industry in total is 38.0 % which is almost equal to the
share of domestic consumption.
Figure 7 shows the corresponding number of customers where the shares are; domestic 86.9 %,
commercial 11.7 % and industry 1.1 %
Figure 6. Development of sales for different consumer (tariff) groups (GWh)
188
Figure 7. The total number of customers of EEPCO
As can be seen from the above figures, the most important consumer segments are domestic,
commercial and industrial. The nature of these segments is different. Domestic segment includes very
large number of small customers which can be statistically analyzed. On the other hand, the number of
high-voltage industrial customers is only about 150, and the DSM and energy efficiency activities must
be based on individual measurements and analysis and statistical methods have very little use in this
segment.
Average annual consumption per consumer is in the previous groups as follows:




domestic 886 kWh
commercial 4188 kWh
industrial low-voltage 35 060 kWh and
industrial high-voltage 4 007 987 kWh
Commercial and low-voltage industrial segments are between: the number of customers is high enough
for statistical analysis, but on the other side they consist of nonhomogeneous customer groups like
shops, hotels, hospital, different types of industries etc. Therefore these segments are difficult to
analyze as one segment, and more information is needed on sub-segments inside commercial and or
low-voltage industrial customers.
Historical consumption data at EEPCO divides the customers into tariff-groups as can be seen from 0 and
there is no knowledge on sub-segments inside commercial and low-voltage industrial segments, and
therefore the analysis of historical data can be based only on these tariff groups. On the other hand, the
actual half-hourly measurements and questionnaires are aiming to clarify also most important subsegments.
189
3. ANALYSIS OF THE HISTORICAL CONSUMPTION DATA
3.1
Data sources
EEPCO has divided the country into 15 geographical regions:
ADDIS ABABA EASTERN
ADDIS ABABA NORTHERN
ADDIS ABABA SOUTHERN
ADDIS ABABA WESTERN
ASOSA REGION
EASTERN (DIRE DAWA)
GAMBELA REGION
JIJIGA REGION
NORTH-EASTERN (DESSIE)
NORTH-WESTERN (BAHAR DAR)
NORTHERN (MEKELE)
SEMERA REGION
SOUTH EASTERN
SOUTHERN (AWASA)
WESTERN (JIMMA)
Each region is divided into districts, and the total number of districts is about 250. Inside each districts
there can be several local service centers.
For this historical data analysis EEPCO provided a sample of monthly consumption data covering one
year period (from September 2009 to August 2010) from a large number of customers in all regions.
Total number of customers in the data sheets was:


26700 domestic customers and
about 12000 commercial and industrial customers
3.2
Methodology used in the analysis of historical data
The analysis is done separately for domestic, commercial and low-voltage industrial customers. The
objective of the analysis is to produce the following summary data for all three customers segments:


monthly and annual mean values of the consumption with standard deviations of for the
geographically dispersed service centers
and corresponding normalized monthly mean values and standard deviations
The normalization means that the monthly consumption of each customer is divided with his/her annual
consumption and multiplied by 12. As a result a load shape of monthly variations is produced: if the
190
normalized value is 1 for each month, it means that there are no monthly variations. Taking into account
all analyzed customers of that specific area, a common load shape is obtained.
Due to the large number of customers in data files, it was not possible to handle all districts and load
service centers. Therefore the following procedure was carried out to produce regionally dispersed
results. All regions were analyzed. The analysis was carried out by the experts from ESEE with the
following instructions:
1. Select the region
2. Select randomly 4 districts in each region
3. For each district select randomly max. 4 service centers (some districts have more than 4, some
less and some only one)
For each district produce the own file with the name of the district.
Inside the file have the own table for each service center and a summary table if there are several service
centers in the district
Each table is handled as follows






Copy the selected service center data to the table
arrange the data so that each customer has one row; delete those customers who don’t have
consumption values for all 12 months
delete those customers who have in one month negative consumption or 0-values (meter
reading values are probably wrong or the consumption is very low)
calculate the annual consumption of each customer as a sum of monthly values
calculate the mean values and standard deviations for each customer (rows)
calculate the mean values and standard deviations for each month and whole year (columns)
Produce the normalized values of monthly consumption by dividing the monthly values by annual
consumption and multiplying the values by 12 (so the average normalized monthly value is equal to 1)
Check the values: sum up of the normalized monthly values of each customer (row). The result should be
always 12, if not, check the formulas
Calculate the standard deviations of monthly values for each customer (rows): if the value for some
customer is higher than 1, delete the customers (not behaves normally)
Calculate the monthly mean values and standard deviations (columns)
Produce the summary table from the service centers (if there are more than one service center in the
district
The following two tables show as an example the results of this process to a sample of residential
customers in one service center of the region ADDIS ABABA WESTERN and district AA-WESTERN.
191
Table 1. Monthly consumptions of individual customers
192
Table 2. The normalized monthly values of individual customers
193
3.3
Domestic customers
The following 0 shows the main results of the analysis of the 58 service centers and 3938 customers. The
table shows the normalized monthly variations in each service center, the number of customers
analyzed in each service center and the average annual consumption of those customers. The average
annual consumption of the all analyzed customers was 804 kWh which is quite near to the average
annual consumption of domestic customers in the whole country (722 kWh in 2009/2010 and 886 in
2010/2011). Thus the sample is representative to the whole country.
Table 3 The normalized monthly variations, number of customers and their average annual
consumption in each service centers
District
AA-ANCOBER
AA - BUTAJIRA
AA - DEBRE BERHAN
AA - DEBRE ZEIT
AA - DEBRE ZEIT
AA - DEBRE ZEIT
AA - DUKEM
AA EASTERN
AA EASTERN
AA EASTERN
AA - FICHE
AA_-_GEDO
AA - GHION
AA-HOLETA
AA_-_HRE_HIWOT_AMBO
AA-NORTHERN
AA-NORTHERN
AA-NORTHERN
AA-NORTHERN
AA-NORTHERN
AA-NORTHERN
AA SEBETA
AA-SHAMBU
AA-WESTHERN
AA-WESTHERN
AA-WESTHERN
AA-WESTHERN
EA - ALEMAYA
EA - DEGAHABOUR GODE
EA - DIRE DAWA
EA - DIRE DAWA
EA - DIRE DAWA
EA - HARAR
EA - HARAR
EA - JIJIGA
EA - KEBRI DEHAR
EA - SHILABO
ER-BABILE
ER-HAIK
N/EA - COMBOLCHA
NEA-MEHALMEDA
NO - ADAWA
NO - ALAMATA
NO - ALAMATA
NO - KOREM
NO - MEKELE
NO - MEKELE
NO - MEKELE
NWE_-_BICHENA
WE - ASOSA
WE - DEMBI DOLO
WE - GIMBI
WE-GULISO
WE - ASOSA
WE - METU
WE-MUGI
WE - NEDJO
WE-YAYU
Service center
month 9 month 10 month 11 month 12 month 1 month 2 month 3 month 4 month 5 month 6 month 7 month 8 number of customers average annual consumption
CSC_ANCOBER DISTRICT
0.60
0.83
1.08
0.82
0.94
1.57
0.96
1.33
0.85
0.83
1.25
0.94
77
565
CSC - BUTAGIRA DISTRICT
0.62
1.04
0.98
1.05
0.68
1.05
1.08
0.99
1.14
1.16
1.12
1.09
79
754
CSC - D/BERHAN - CENTER 1
0.50
0.99
1.05
0.90
0.86
1.14
1.09
1.17
1.02
1.04
1.13
1.11
62
527
CSC - D/ZEIT - CENTER 1
0.60
0.94
0.82
0.81
0.77
0.95
0.93
0.99
0.96
1.16
0.88
1.08
44
584
CSC - D/ZEIT - CENTER 2
0.92
0.96
0.93
0.94
0.83
1.10
1.13
0.92
1.12
1.00
1.00
1.14
66
789
CSC - DEBREZEIT DISTRICT
0.67
1.08
0.85
0.94
0.79
0.82
1.16
1.09
1.25
1.13
1.06
1.15
82
933
CSC_DUKEM DISTRICT
1.04
1.80
1.19
1.19
1.32
1.41
1.34
1.27
1.48
1.53
1.38
1.43
46
390
CSC_1_NEAR SEBA DEREJA
0.97
1.01
0.91
0.89
0.91
1.04
0.92
1.03
0.93
1.14
1.04
1.21
72
949
CSC_2_YEKA MICHAEL WUBET BLG
1.02
0.97
0.96
0.92
0.95
0.95
0.96
1.00
1.00
1.04
1.12
1.14
69
2395
CSC_5_GURD SHOLA BLG
1.05
1.06
1.03
0.97
1.02
1.02
1.00
0.99
0.91
0.95
0.94
1.06
84
1704
CSC - FITCHE DISTRICT
0.66
0.85
1.03
1.10
1.10
0.88
0.97
1.08
1.03
1.02
1.01
1.26
84
297
CSC - GEDO DISTRICT
0.77
0.99
0.90
0.89
0.77
1.05
1.12
1.35
0.94
1.34
0.90
0.98
70
604
CSC - GHION DISTRICT
0.71
0.97
1.00
1.06
0.65
0.92
1.09
1.35
1.08
1.05
1.06
1.07
59
926
CSC - HOLETA DISTRICT
0.60
1.11
0.96
1.02
0.74
1.13
0.99
1.20
0.99
1.14
0.95
1.17
61
564
CSC - HAGERE HIWOT DISTRICT
0.66
0.95
0.98
1.08
0.79
1.06
0.99
1.10
1.10
1.07
1.00
1.21
85
669
CSC_1_ RAS DESTA HOSPITAL
0.94
1.15
0.99
1.02
0.96
0.95
0.89
1.04
0.99
1.06
1.03
0.99
86
1212
CSC_2_MENEN/HAMLE 19 PARK
0.92
1.06
0.92
0.96
1.06
1.00
0.87
0.98
0.95
1.20
0.96
1.12
85
1210
CSC_3_AROUND ADDISU GEBEYA
0.84
1.09
1.01
1.09
1.04
0.94
0.88
0.92
0.99
1.02
1.04
1.13
80
1026
CSC_4_ MEDHANIALEM SCHOOL
0.82
1.11
0.86
1.13
1.05
0.97
0.97
1.12
0.90
0.88
1.08
1.09
39
1406
CSC_6_CHEW BERENDA
0.90
1.13
0.93
0.98
1.00
1.02
0.90
0.99
0.98
1.03
1.12
1.01
87
726
CSC_5_AROUND AWALIYA
0.99
1.10
0.95
0.92
0.98
1.00
0.97
0.92
0.94
1.08
1.09
1.05
69
1512
CSC_10_SEBETA
0.93
1.07
0.87
0.87
1.01
0.98
0.99
0.94
1.18
1.05
1.12
1.00
74
950
CSC - SHAMBU DISTRICT
0.61
0.98
0.99
1.08
0.88
0.82
1.12
1.36
0.66
1.41
1.02
1.07
27
268
CSC_1_MEXICO IN DISTRICT OFF
0.84
1.16
0.94
0.97
0.89
1.02
0.96
0.97
1.02
1.07
1.04
1.13
92
1395
CSC_3_OLD_SOSIT KUTIR MAZORIA
0.96
1.01
0.91
0.90
0.90
0.99
0.96
1.09
0.96
1.09
1.15
1.09
78
2157
CSC_4_AYER TENA GM BLG
0.88
1.07
0.96
0.98
0.92
1.07
0.83
1.05
0.97
1.03
1.02
1.23
69
903
CSC_9_KARA KORE
0.95
1.05
0.92
1.00
1.08
0.99
0.84
0.99
0.92
1.01
1.21
1.02
53
906
CSC_ALEMAYA DISTRICT
0.68
0.93
1.28
1.03
1.37
1.12
0.68
1.01
1.17
0.78
0.97
0.98
39
552
CSC_DEGAHABUR DISTRICT
1.04
1.82
1.47
1.31
0.91
0.44
0.40
0.68
0.76
0.81
1.16
1.20
27
402
CSC_DIRE DAWA CENTER1
0.92
1.03
1.00
1.01
0.94
0.94
0.98
1.05
0.97
1.10
1.03
1.04
72
838
CSC_DIRE DAWA CENTER2
0.83
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.93
0.94
1.02
1.01
1.09
1.10
1.09
84
881
CSC_DIRE DAWA CENTER3
0.88
1.20
0.91
1.01
0.96
1.09
0.90
0.93
1.00
1.03
1.02
1.06
86
1022
CSC_HARRAR CENTER1
0.82
1.20
1.14
0.88
0.94
1.15
0.89
0.86
1.06
1.00
0.98
1.08
72
744
CSC_HARRAR CENTER2
0.85
1.18
1.08
0.90
0.93
1.04
1.03
0.92
0.94
0.99
1.00
1.16
73
994
CSC_JIJIGA DISTRICT
0.71
0.86
1.16
1.12
1.32
1.01
0.81
0.84
0.94
1.24
1.02
0.98
39
643
CSC_KEBRI DEHAR DISTRICT
1.16
1.06
1.08
1.03
1.00
1.86
0.94
0.82
1.28
0.85
0.51
0.42
40
510
CSC_SHILABO DISTRICT
1.12
1.04
1.43
0.85
0.61
1.00
0.55
1.49
1.10
0.93
1.02
0.85
24
271
CSC_BABILE DISTRICT
0.81
1.19
0.89
0.94
1.00
0.92
1.23
0.72
1.06
0.84
1.09
1.31
80
898
CSC_HAIK DISTRICT
0.84
1.01
0.98
1.10
0.96
1.26
0.78
1.13
0.82
1.18
1.04
0.88
81
358
CSC_KOMBOLCHA DISTRICT
0.78
1.08
1.22
1.08
0.97
1.04
1.00
0.93
0.95
0.95
1.00
0.99
77
744
CSC_DESE_MEHALMEDA DISTRICT
0.68
0.77
0.86
1.14
0.92
1.24
1.04
0.81
1.10
1.28
0.94
1.06
65
211
CSC - ADWA DISTRICT
0.74
0.99
1.06
0.93
1.00
1.28
1.14
0.92
1.04
0.93
0.93
1.04
67
396
CSC - ALAMATA DISTRICT
0.77
1.02
1.02
0.96
1.09
1.05
1.12
0.98
1.07
0.91
1.14
0.88
55
308
CSC - WAJJA
0.88
0.95
1.27
1.08
1.09
1.36
0.88
1.05
0.98
0.88
1.01
0.57
53
316
CSC - KOREM DISTRICT
0.86
0.85
1.18
1.00
1.13
1.03
1.15
0.95
1.04
0.95
1.03
0.84
60
258
CSC - MEKELE - CENTER 1
0.75
0.94
1.27
1.04
1.01
1.07
1.02
0.92
1.04
0.94
1.00
1.01
70
905
CSC - MEKELE - CENTER 2
0.95
1.13
0.84
1.15
1.01
1.10
1.00
0.85
1.00
0.95
1.04
0.98
79
1320
CSC - MEKELE - CENTER 3
1.03
0.98
0.91
0.98
0.94
1.12
1.22
0.94
0.86
1.04
0.98
0.99
63
1272
CSC_BECHENA DISTRICT
0.50
1.22
0.91
1.05
1.12
1.12
1.06
0.92
1.13
0.92
1.02
1.02
79
453
CSC_ASOOSA DISTRICT
0.85
0.97
1.01
1.15
1.14
1.03
0.96
0.87
0.90
0.98
1.09
1.07
85
621
CSC_DEMBI DOLLO DISTRICT
1.05
1.08
0.90
1.35
1.52
1.20
1.03
0.42
0.27
0.50
1.26
1.41
53
498
CSC_GHIMBI DISTRICT
0.89
1.10
0.93
1.01
1.04
0.87
1.18
0.95
0.92
0.95
1.15
1.02
83
338
CSC_GULISO DISTRICT
0.67
0.81
1.07
1.03
0.87
1.43
1.10
1.15
1.05
1.03
1.04
0.73
73
360
CSC_ASOOSA DISTRICT
0.85
0.97
1.01
1.15
1.14
1.03
0.96
0.87
0.90
0.98
1.09
1.07
85
621
CSC_METTU DISTRICT
0.91
1.23
1.25
0.96
1.22
1.28
0.97
0.58
0.44
0.97
1.02
1.16
74
408
CSC_MUGI DISTRICT
0.93
1.64
1.16
1.31
0.92
1.27
0.91
0.25
0.24
0.69
1.49
1.19
56
174
CSC_NEDJO DISTRICT
0.65
1.12
0.72
1.15
1.34
1.34
0.96
1.16
1.03
0.88
0.89
1.61
89
359
CSC_YAYU DISTRICT
1.09
1.23
1.36
1.13
1.20
1.09
0.81
0.45
0.25
0.89
1.14
1.35
76
658
On the other hand, there are quite large differences in the average consumption between different
service centers: The lowest value is 174 kWh and highest 2157 in the Mexico service center in Addis
Abeba.
194
Figure 8 shows the annual variation of the consumption of the all analyzed customers. No real seasonal
variations exist, although in month 9 the consumption is less than in other months. In some individual
service centers the variations are higher especially in those where consumption levels are lower, but
there are no clear trends outside the month 9.
Figure 8 The normalized monthly variations (monthly indexes) of all analyzed customers
Two main conclusions can be done based on this analysis


as assumed in the metering plan there are no need to measure the whole year half-hourly
consumptions at individual customers to define typical load curves and
all monthly indexes can be equal to 1 in Ethiopian residential sector(compare the 011)
3.4
Commercial and low-voltage industrial customers
The original data received from EEPCO included some errors and new data was received in March 2012.
The analysis was carried out by the expert of ESEE. The first part of the analysis did not distinguished
commercial and industrial customers, but they were handled as one group.
This analysis was carried out for 40 service centers and totally 3541 commercial and industrial
customers. The shares of industrial and commercial customers from this are not known.
0 shows the normalized monthly variations in each service center, the number of customers analyzed in
each service center and the average annual consumption of those customers. There are quite big
differences in the average consumption between service centers: highest is 837 MWh in CSC_1_MEXICO
IN DISTRICT OFF and lowest 17 MWh in CSC_GUDER DISTRICT.
195
Table 4. The normalized monthly variations, number of customers and their average
annual consumption in each service centers
District
Service center
AA - ALEM KETEMA
CSC - ALEM KETEMA DISTRICT
month 9
0.63
AA - BUTAJIRA
CSC - BUTAGIRA DISTRICT
0.96
AA SOUTHERN
CSC_8_IN FRONT OF AKAKI COURT
1.12
AA - FICHE
CSC - FITCHE DISTRICT
0.87
AA-SHENO
CSC_SHENO DISTRICT
0.88
AA - WOLKITE
CSC - WOLKITTE DISTRICT
0.84
AA BURAYU
CSC_BURAYU
0.74
AA SENDAFA
CSC_SENDAFA
0.75
AA SOUTHERN
CSC_SOUTH DISTRICT OFFICE
0.95
AA WESTERN
CSC_1_MEXICO IN DISTRICT OFF
1.08
AA WESTERN
CSC_W.A.A REGION MEXICO
0.98
AA_-_HRE_HIWOT_AMBO CSC - HAGERE HIWOT DISTRICT
0.75
AA - DUKEM
CSC_DUKEM DISTRICT
1.25
AA-GUDER
CSC_GUDER DISTRICT
0.74
AA-NORTHERN
CSC_1_ RAS DESTA HOSPITAL
1.01
AA-WERABE
CSC_WERABE DISTRICT
1.08
EA - ALEMAYA
CSC_ALEMAYA DISTRICT
0.74
EA - DIRE DAWA
CSC_DIRE DAWA CENTER1
1.11
EA - DIRE DAWA
CSC_DIRE DAWA CENTER2
1.01
EA - DIRE DAWA
CSC_DIRE DAWA CENTER3
0.87
EA-BEDESA
CSC_BEDESA DISTRICT
1.15
EA - GELEMSO
CSC_GELEMSO DISTRICT
1.04
EA - JIJIGA
CSC_JIJIGA DISTRICT
0.92
ER-DEBRESINA
CSC_DEBRESINA DISTRICT
1.04
N/EA - COMBOLCHA
CSC_KOMBOLCHA DISTRICT
0.97
N/EA - DESSIE
CSC_DESSIE_CENTER_1
0.98
N/EA - DESSIE
CSC_DESSIE_CENTER_2
1.13
N/EA - LALIBELA
CSC_LALIBELA DISTRICT
1.07
NO - AXUM
CSC - AXUM DISTRICT
1.01
NO - SHIRE
CSC - SHRIE DISTRICT
0.89
NO-ZALAMBESA
CSC_ZALAMBESA DISTRICT
0.97
NO - ADAWA
CSC - ADWA DISTRICT
1.01
NWE_-_BICHENA
CSC_BECHENA DISTRICT
1.05
NWE_-_DEBRE_MARKOS CSC_DEBREMARKOS DISTRICT
0.86
WE - ASOSA
CSC_ASOOSA DISTRICT
0.89
WE - NEDJO
CSC_NEDJO DISTRICT
0.50
WE - DEMBI DOLO
CSC_DEMBI DOLLO DISTRICT
0.97
WE - GAMBELA
CSC_GAMBELLA DISTRICT
0.97
WE - GIMBI
CSC_GHIMBI DISTRICT
0.67
WE - METU
CSC_METTU DISTRICT
0.98
month 10 month 11 month 12 month 1
0.98
0.91
0.60
0.72
0.96
0.88
0.85
1.16
1.04
0.91
1.02
0.99
0.99
0.86
0.97
1.16
0.84
1.00
0.84
1.23
0.85
0.78
1.02
1.16
0.94
1.19
1.07
0.84
1.06
0.74
0.99
1.27
1.16
0.90
1.11
1.03
0.98
1.02
0.96
1.10
1.00
1.03
1.10
1.04
0.96
0.73
0.89
1.04
0.86
0.90
1.01
0.99
0.82
0.68
1.08
1.08
1.04
0.92
1.01
1.06
0.89
0.82
0.97
1.55
0.97
0.84
1.17
0.88
0.95
0.67
0.79
1.31
1.18
0.76
0.95
1.02
1.05
0.78
0.78
1.12
0.93
0.88
1.22
0.92
0.88
0.92
0.75
0.95
0.98
0.86
1.03
1.48
0.93
0.83
1.09
0.82
1.04
0.86
1.04
1.00
1.06
0.78
1.01
1.00
1.12
1.03
1.21
1.00
0.94
0.91
0.94
1.07
1.07
0.93
1.14
0.98
1.16
0.90
0.90
1.18
1.25
1.02
0.95
1.20
1.09
0.91
0.92
1.15
0.87
0.85
1.01
1.15
1.05
0.82
0.84
0.94
1.02
0.83
0.66
1.29
0.64
0.57
0.86
1.22
0.85
0.73
0.92
1.30
1.02
0.84
0.98
1.19
0.95
1.69
0.91
0.77
1.16
0.96
0.91
1.20
month 2
0.89
0.90
0.91
1.14
1.01
0.99
1.07
1.07
0.93
0.99
0.94
1.13
1.11
1.02
1.05
0.72
1.11
1.08
0.79
1.03
1.21
1.07
0.96
1.14
1.04
1.09
0.92
0.85
0.93
1.12
0.99
1.04
1.17
1.21
1.09
1.32
1.23
1.19
1.30
1.23
month 3
1.14
1.28
1.04
1.06
1.02
1.19
1.33
1.07
0.97
1.02
1.00
0.95
0.97
1.23
0.98
1.08
1.01
1.05
1.13
1.14
0.68
1.05
0.99
0.95
0.88
1.09
0.85
0.95
1.04
0.87
1.01
0.96
0.93
1.05
1.09
1.38
0.91
0.92
0.73
0.84
month 4
1.78
1.26
1.03
1.16
1.14
1.30
0.98
1.09
0.98
1.04
1.03
1.19
0.94
1.23
0.98
0.94
0.79
1.06
0.90
1.06
1.05
1.09
0.83
1.04
1.01
0.93
1.06
1.02
1.01
1.04
1.11
1.03
1.21
1.13
0.78
1.32
1.05
1.15
1.16
1.03
month 5
1.20
0.86
0.95
0.95
1.15
0.92
0.87
0.83
0.95
0.90
0.94
1.30
1.09
1.33
1.04
1.17
1.12
1.37
1.21
1.00
1.03
1.03
1.26
0.97
1.01
1.03
0.93
1.03
1.06
0.90
0.88
1.01
1.07
1.02
1.71
1.12
0.87
0.92
0.66
0.94
month 6
1.08
0.95
1.01
0.97
1.03
0.98
0.90
0.50
0.96
0.86
0.93
1.20
0.97
0.98
0.91
1.22
1.19
0.85
1.01
1.17
1.05
1.12
0.86
0.89
1.10
1.00
0.85
0.86
0.87
0.95
0.80
0.92
0.78
1.00
0.84
1.00
1.14
1.21
1.11
0.96
month 7
1.16
1.00
0.94
0.92
0.96
1.03
0.89
1.53
0.98
1.02
1.00
0.86
0.88
0.98
1.11
0.89
1.13
0.85
0.86
0.96
1.04
1.01
1.11
1.06
0.98
1.04
0.85
1.21
0.94
0.96
1.02
1.07
1.25
1.13
0.77
1.01
1.01
0.94
1.09
0.93
month 8
0.90
0.93
1.02
0.96
0.91
0.95
1.18
1.10
1.08
1.02
1.01
1.02
1.03
0.85
0.90
0.66
1.03
0.90
1.19
1.04
0.84
1.09
0.73
1.24
1.08
0.99
1.05
1.16
1.03
1.13
0.80
0.88
0.65
0.94
1.05
1.07
1.03
0.66
0.96
0.86
No of customers
10
49
408
38
17
70
14
23
839
61
604
52
63
18
392
20
15
38
56
41
39
29
25
14
63
48
51
36
76
38
23
42
14
118
17
13
13
20
7
27
3541
annual average =
average annual consumption
22183
28942
295025
23099
18861
44614
35768
64622
167686
837208
175399
88171
335636
17140
182790
49784
480371
154520
227671
477079
40324
38751
50621
17764
421177
128081
63453
43755
57166
61710
33264
112016
16180
26537
52376
32784
27029
60987
63106
90624
178788.58
Figure 9 shows the result of the analysis. In practice there are no seasonal variations in this group and
standard deviation is also less than on residential segment. The conclusion is same as with residential
customers: there are no needs to make half-hourly measurements for 12 months’ period but the shorter
measurement periods are enough when determining typical load curves.
Figure 9 The normalized monthly variation of commercial and industrial customers of the
analyzed service centers.
196
4. LOAD CURVE ANALYSIS ON THE BASIS OF SPECIAL METERING
4.1 Metering objectives
The main objective of the metering is to define typical load curves for the most important customers
segments.
The total electricity consumption can be divided into three main segments as mentioned below and in
Figure 10;



industry
public and commercial services
residential
Inside the each main segment more or less homogeneous customer segments can be found. In large
industry, the factories are individuals and they cannot be handled as a group. In other segments more
homogeneous groups can be found.
The aim of the metering is to select from the most important customers segments certain number of
customers and to measure their half-hourly consumption during certain time period and then by
statistical analysis define the typical load curves for that specific group. The number of customers and
measuring period has to be selected so that the accuracy of the load curves is good enough.
Figure 10. Segmentation of the electricity consumption
197
4.2 Number of customers and metering periods in the Project
The criteria for customer selection and measuring periods were described in the Metering Plan Report
[1]. The Project bought 50 single-phase meters (first installations in February 2011) and 50 three-phase
meters (first installations in February 2012). Single-phase meters are mainly used for the measurements
of residential customers and the three-phase meters for nonresidential (industrial, public and
commercial) customers.
Preliminary analyses showed that there are no essential seasonal variations in consumption and that the
standard deviations were smaller in nonresidential customers than in residential sector as can be seen
from figure 8 and 09. On the basis of that it was decided that


residential customers were measured in about three month’s period as follows:
o 1. round about 4 months between February 2011 and July 2011, 45 customers
o 2. round about 3 months between September 2011 and December 2011, 43 customers
and
o 3. round about 3 months between December 2011 and April 2012, 29 customers
Total number of the half-hourly measured residential customers was 127. From these 117 set of
half-hourly data was obtained. Unfortunately the calendar definitions were not correct in 11
cases, and therefore the load curve analyses included 106 customers.
Nonresidential customers were aimed to be measured in one month’s period and the aim was
to measure 5 one month’s periods resulting in the measurement of 250 customers. In practice,
the measurements only three periods, the first one about 2 months from February 2012 to April
2012, the second about 1 – 2 months starting from June 2012 and the third from August to
September. Total number of customers was about 130. Unfortunately only 68 customers could
be analyzed due to some metering problems and lack of information on the customers.
4.3 What is load curve?
Load curve describes the customer’s behavior during typical days like working days, Saturdays and
Sundays. It usually shows the hourly consumption as kWh/h or it can be index serie (has relative values).
Load curves can be defined for different seasons or months, if the customer segment has seasonal
variations. If seasonal variations are small (+- 10 … 20 %), the same daily load curves can be used for the
whole year and possible small seasonal variations can be taken account separately by seasonal indexes.
Figures 11 shows as an example the load curve from Finland. Upper figure shows the hourly
consumption of a typical customer during one week in peak load period, which occurs at the end of
January. The curve shows a mean value for each hour and a standard deviation of that type of
customers. Basically, there are 5 similar working days and Saturday and Sunday.
The lower curve shows the annual variation of the daily consumption so that each 2-week period has its
own typical value. If the shape of load curves also varies during the year, the specific load curves have to
be defined separately for different seasons of the year. In this specific group (customers with electric
198
heating) the seasonal variation is very high due to the high variations of outdoor temperature (very cold
in winter and warm in summer).
mean value
standard deviation
2-week indices
Figure 11. Example from Finland:
 Upper curve: typical load curve of one week for a specific household
with electric heating and time-of-use tariff. High load week.
 Lower figure: seasonal variation indexes
4.4 Basic statistical analysis behind the load curves
Statistical handling of load measurement data is usually based on the assumption that customer load
varies during a certain hour according to the normal distribution with mean value µ and standard
199
deviation σ. This is not exactly true because consumption cannot be below 0 or above technical limits of
the consumer’s appliances. However, when handling large number of measurements and customers,
normal distributions are applicable.
When defining the normalized load shapes from the measured values, the values have first to be
normalized so that the different energy consumption of different customers does not effect on the
results. The normalized value Ln for the hour n is defined by dividing the measured value Pn with the
annual energy W of the customer (or with the energy of measurement period).
Ln = Pn/W
(1)
The estimates for the mean value and standard deviations for a given hour can be calculated from
formulas
(2)
when there are N measurements for that specific hour.
Correspondingly, the confidence intervals to the mean values m1 can be defined from the formulas
Low confidence interval = m1 - tα/2s1/sqrt(M)
(3)
High confidence interval = m1 +tα/2s1/sqrt(M)
(4)
where
m1 is the estimated expected demand
M is the number of days that the estimataion is based on
tα/2 is a student T distributed value with M-1 degree of freedom and α = 95 % confidence
s1 is the estimated standard deviation of the original data
How to make this analysis in practice is described later in chapter 4.6.
In addition to the load curve analysis, the historical monthly consumptions of one year were analyzed
utilizing the monthly consumption data obtained from EEPCO. This was done to residential, commercial
and low-voltage industrial customers as explained in the chapter 3.
200
4.5 The USELOAD software used in the actual analysis
The Project bought the special software called USELOAD [3] for the analysis of the measured data. The
Ethiopian partners will be trained for the use of the software so that they can use it also after the end of
the Project.
The development of USELOAD has been an international co-operation between Electricité de France,
Sycon (Sweden), VTT Energy (Finland), Electricity Association (England), Energy Piano (Denmark) and
SINTEF Energy Research (Norway). SINTEF has been the main developer of the software.
The objective for USELOAD is to model the electricity market consisting of various customer types. By
simulating the behavior of all customer types that are participating in the market, it is possible to
estimate the total demand for electricity for each interval of a time period. The demand from each
customer type is segmented into different end-uses that are modeled in a way similar to the customer
types. The simulated market load is segmented into different customer types, or different end-uses.
The user can select the integration period used by the program. The user creates Cases that define the
number of customer types that are connected to a distribution network. Furthermore, a climatic
description is included into the Case definition together with a description of the time period when the
simulation should take place.
USELOAD models the losses by distributing an annual resistance percentage to the delivered load (which
is part of the input) between all intervals over the year. USELOAD models the customer type and enduse type demand as stochastic values. Furthermore, it estimates the demand as a normal distribution
consisting of an expected demand and a standard deviation. This allows the user to estimate the
coincident peak demand at different voltage levels.
Figure 12 shows the logical structure of USELOAD. The user input to the model always consists of a
customer type description where the total annual energy demand is input for each customer type. The
customers are connected to a distribution grid, and the user should also describe which voltage level the
customer types are connected to. Another important input is the description of the annual losses in the
distribution grid. Name, number and place of use for each customer type describe end-use appliances.
The losses can be described as static and/or dependent on the level of demand at each voltage level.
The climate is described by importing mean day temperatures for each day during the simulation period.
Customer profiles and end-use profiles are stored in a database for use in different estimation cases.
Profiles can be estimated based on stored single customer metering in a separate analyse module.
The upper part of figure 12 shows how metered load from an injection node can be an optional input to
the model. When simulation is performed the figure shows how the program segments the simulated or
metered load into different customer types, and into different end-uses.
201
Figure 12.
A structural description of the USELOAD model.
As can be seen USELOAD is very versatile software which can be used for different purposes like
simulation of the networks etc. In this project USELOAD is mainly used for the statistical analyses of
measured data to produce typical load curves for different types of customers.
Later when typical load curves are produced, USELOAD can be used for simulations especially to
estimate the participation of different customers and end-uses in the peak loads of the Ethiopian
electricity system or of some specific networks. In this way specific DSM actions can be directed to the
specific customer groups or end-uses.
4.6 Load curve analysis with USELOAD
The first step is to change the original half-hour metered data into the format required by USELOAD.
This was done by the EEA experts according to the following instructions (for the first round
measurements where the meters were read after one month and four months):
The aim is to handle 30 min data of meters to the format needed to import data to the USELOAD
software. Separate input files for active and reactive power are produced.
The files including active and reactive cumulative consumption are handled (usually marked L1 or P1)
Create main folder “single phase round 1”
202
Create subfolder “1 month data” and “3 months data”
In subfolder “1 month data” create subfolders “original data”, “ excel data” and “useload data in excel
format”
In “useload data” create subfolders “active consumption” and “reactive consumption”
Same in subfolder “3 months data”
Insert the original txt-files (L1, P1,) to the folders “original data”
Open the first file with excel and do the following steps:
1. change the time of the first 9 days of each month from the format (as an example): 1/ 3/2011
11:30 to:1/ 3/2011 11:30 (by replase)
2. during the power outages there may be missing 30 minutes values. Add the missing values
copying the last measurement and changing the times to consecutive 30-minutes
3. add 2 new columns active and reactive and calculate the average active and reactive values in
kW (for ex. value in shell F2 = 2*(C3-C2)/1000
4. Save this file into “excel data” subfolder
5. Copy the headings and values (not formulas) of active and reactive power columns to new
columns
6. Delete all columns except the first (time) and active power columns
7. Save this file into the subfolder “active consumption” of the subfolder “useload data in excel
format”
8. Open again the same meter data from subfolder “excel data”
9. Repeat the steps 5 and 6 to reactive power and save the file into subfolder “reactive
consumption”
Repeat this to all 1 month and 3 months’ measurements
The second step is to collect the individual customer measurements into one excel table and save it as
txt-format. This is the table used as an input to USELOAD.
Third step is to feed this data into USELOAD.
Fourth step is to produce different types of load profiles with USELOAD based on the average half-hourly
data (kWh/30 min).
The original half-hourly data (kWh) can also be transformed to normalized values by dividing the kWhvalues with the total energy of the measurement period of consumers and use this as the input to
USELOAD. This way the normalized load profiles can be produced.
As an example, in the following figures (Figure 13, Figure 1414 and Figure 1515) load profiles of one
individual customer are presented based on the four months measuring period. The figures describe the
48 half-hourly values of typical working days, Saturdays and Sundays. Similar figures can be produced to
203
the whole group of customers with standard deviations. These results are presented in the following
subchapters.
Figure 13.
Example on the load profile of one customer: working day
204
Figure 14.
Example on the load profile of one customer: Saturday
Figure 15.
Example on the load profile of one customer: Sunday
205
4.7 Results from the residential customers
4.7.1 Annual and monthly consumption of the measured customers
The measured 127 customers were selected from Addis Abeba. The monthly consumptions of these
customers were collected from EEPCO database. Actually data from 120 customers was obtained during
one year so that for some customers data consisted the period April 2010 – March 2011 and for others
the period October 2010 – September 2011. The annual consumption of these customers varied
between 200 and 38000 kWh and the average value was about 6000 kWh. This is much higher than the
average consumption of residential customers in the whole country (886 kWh in 2010/2011). This
means that the applicability of the measured load curves to the whole country has to be studied
separately.
Figure 16 shows the normalized monthly variations of the measured customers as well as
corresponding standard deviations.
Figures 16 The normalized monthly variations of the measured consumers between April 2010 and
September 2011.
If this is compared with the similar figure of the whole country from the period September 2009 –
August 2010 (08) it can be seen small differences in September values. However, it can be said that
there are no big seasonal variations in the group of the half-hourly measured customers and that same
load curves can be applied over the whole year
206
4.7.2 Load profiles of the residential customers
Profile for: RES/NORMAL/WORK
1.8
1.80
1.6
1.60
1.4
1.40
1.2
1.20
1.0
1.00
0.8
0.80
0.6
0.60
0.4
0.40
0.2
0.20
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
0.00
50
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
Profile for: RES/NORMAL/SAT
1.6
1.60
1.4
1.40
1.2
1.20
1.0
1.00
0.8
0.80
0.6
0.60
0.4
0.40
0.2
0.20
0.0
0
10
20
30
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
207
40
0.00
50
Profile for: RES/NORMAL/SUN
1.8
1.80
1.6
1.60
1.4
1.40
1.2
1.20
1.0
1.00
0.8
0.80
0.6
0.60
0.4
0.40
0.2
0.20
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
0.00
50
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
Profile for: RES/*/HOL
0.6
0.60
0.5
0.50
0.4
0.40
0.3
0.30
0.2
0.20
0.1
0.10
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
0.00
50
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
Figure 16.
The normalized load curves of residential customers with 95 % confidence
interval
208
Figure 16 shows the final results of the load curves based on the half-hourly measurements of 106
residential customers in Addis Abeba. The actual number of measured customers was higher, but
unfortunately calendar (date and time) were wrong in about 20 measurements and for residential
customers it is not possible to correct calendar individually. However, data from 106 customers gives
already quite reliable load curves.
018 shows the load profiles in the same figure showing that load profiles for working days and
Saturdays are very similar and also load profile of Sunday is quite near of those. Load profile of public
holidays is different with lower consumption level.
2.0
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
0.0
50
Time interval of 30 minutes
NORMAL WORK RES/H4 B *
NORMAL SAT RES/H4 B *
NORMAL SUN RES/H4 B *
* HOL RES/H4 B *
Useload ADO international
Figure 18. Summary of residential load profiles
Figure 19 shows the corresponding load profiles based on the original kWh/30 min measured data. Load
shape is very similar to the load shapes of the normalized data with some small differences.
0 shows finally the numerical values of the normalized load curves with standard deviations.
209
kWh/30 min
0.6
0.60
0.5
0.50
0.4
0.40
0.3
0.30
0.2
0.20
0.1
0.10
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
Time interval of 30 minutes
NORMAL WORK RES/H4 B *
NORMAL SAT RES/H4 B *
NORMAL SUN RES/H4 B *
* HOL RES/H4 B *
Useload ADO international
Figure 19Summary load profiles of the measured 106 customers in kWh/30 min.
210
0.00
50
Table 5 Numerical values of the residential load curves and corresponding standard
deviations
SAT
SAT
SUN
SUN
WORK
WORK
HOL
HOL
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
H-01/1 H-01/2 H-02/1 H-02/2 H-03/1 H-03/2 H-04/1 H-04/2 H-05/1 H-05/2 H-06/1 H-06/2
0.6
0.54
0.51
0.5
0.49
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.51
0.57
0.66
0.86
0.51
0.45
0.43
0.46
0.45
0.47
0.5
0.45
0.83
1.11
1.29
1.46
0.6
0.55
0.51
0.5
0.5
0.49
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.54
0.65
0.76
0.59
0.48
0.43
0.48
0.53
0.56
0.59
0.61
0.6
0.81
1.02
1.34
0.61
0.57
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.52
0.54
0.6
0.7
0.6
0.58
0.56
0.56
0.53
0.56
0.58
0.62
0.63
0.76
0.83
0.93
0.18
0.18
0.16
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.18
0.16
0.32
0.42
0.34
0.28
0.32
0.38
0.43
0.41
0.4
0.46
0.46
0.32
SAT
SAT
SUN
SUN
WORK
WORK
HOL
HOL
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
H-07/1 H-07/2 H-08/1 H-08/2 H-09/1 H-09/2 H-10/1 H-10/2 H-11/1 H-11/2 H-12/1 H-12/2
1.02
1.26
1.29
1.2
1.17
1.11
1.14
1.16
1.22
1.3
1.32
1.32
1.55
1.63
1.66
1.59
1.63
1.62
1.61
1.62
1.65
1.86
1.99
1.88
0.88
1.1
1.25
1.32
1.36
1.37
1.36
1.26
1.3
1.37
1.42
1.37
1.61
1.71
1.88
1.92
1.99
2.16
2.08
1.82
1.84
1.93
2.06
2.02
0.87
1.1
1.19
1.17
1.14
1.14
1.16
1.22
1.3
1.34
1.38
1.39
1.08
1.23
1.32
1.4
1.42
1.53
1.59
1.64
1.71
1.72
1.78
1.82
0.22
0.28
0.34
0.36
0.41
0.4
0.37
0.36
0.4
0.42
0.41
0.42
0.72
0.84
1.03
1.08
1.26
1.22
1.01
1.02
1.12
1.25
1.16
1.18
SAT
SAT
SUN
SUN
WORK
WORK
HOL
HOL
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
H-13/1 H-13/2 H-14/1 H-14/2 H-15/1 H-15/2 H-16/1 H-16/2 H-17/1 H-17/2 H-18/1 H-18/2
1.25
1.18
1.12
1.07
0.97
0.93
0.9
0.89
0.93
0.88
0.9
0.96
1.63
1.59
1.5
1.47
1.39
1.29
1.19
1.28
1.29
1.13
1.22
1.26
1.38
1.27
1.08
1.03
1
1.03
1.03
1.01
1
0.98
1
1.1
1.99
1.68
1.33
1.24
1.3
1.4
1.39
1.46
1.42
1.38
1.34
1.39
1.36
1.26
1.13
1.03
0.98
0.94
0.89
0.88
0.91
0.93
0.95
0.97
1.82
1.6
1.4
1.26
1.2
1.16
1.1
1.07
1.14
1.12
1.2
1.11
0.41
0.42
0.35
0.3
0.29
0.3
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.3
0.34
0.34
1.25
1.19
0.9
0.84
0.79
0.88
0.96
0.96
0.98
0.95
1.02
0.91
SAT
SAT
SUN
SUN
WORK
WORK
HOL
HOL
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
mean
st. dev.
H-19/1 H-19/2 H-20/1 H-20/2 H-21/1 H-21/2 H-22/1 H-22/2 H-23/1 H-23/2 H-24/1 H-24/2
1.13
1.32
1.45
1.46
1.44
1.43
1.41
1.21
1.06
0.91
0.79
0.68
1.18
1.18
1.09
1.08
1.12
1.16
1.25
1.01
0.88
0.75
0.84
0.79
1.2
1.37
1.57
1.59
1.52
1.41
1.32
1.23
1.11
0.97
0.85
0.73
1.33
1.24
1.53
1.62
1.54
1.14
1.1
1.14
1.07
0.8
0.73
0.62
1.1
1.31
1.5
1.52
1.49
1.46
1.38
1.25
1.08
0.93
0.79
0.67
1.12
1.16
1.16
1.16
1.15
1.1
1.06
0.99
0.86
0.82
0.74
0.69
0.36
0.4
0.49
0.44
0.43
0.43
0.4
0.36
0.32
0.29
0.24
0.2
0.86
0.89
0.99
0.73
0.72
0.64
0.42
0.44
0.38
0.48
0.4
0.31
4.7.3 Load profiles for the commercial and industrial customers (3-phase meters)
Three-phase customers were measured in 3 rounds, the first included 50 customers measured in
February – April 2012 and second round over 30 customers measured in June – August 2012. Third
round had 49 customers measured August – September 2012. Customers were selected aiming to have
limited number of customer groups both in commercial and public service segment and in industrial
segment.
Meter reading of half-hourly data had some problems so that not all customers were read correctly: 48
in round 1, 25 in round 2 and 41 in round 3 had half-hour data. Also here there were problems in
calendars of meters so that 21 meters in round 1 and 15 meters in round 2 had wrong calendars (year,
date and time). This was, however, partly possible to correct individually by considering the daily and
211
weekly variations. This includes small uncertainties, but basically all data from 48 customers of round 1
could be included into the analysis.
In round 2 and round 3 analyses there was another additional problem: unfortunately EEA was not able
to provide the summaries of the interviews so that the types of customers were not always known and
therefore these customers could not be included into the analyses. From round 3 there was no
information on the customers. This entire means that the final analysis includes 48 customers from
round 1 and 20 from round 2.
The next 06 shows the selected customer groups and the number of the measured customers in each
group, which had a recorded half-hourly data
Table 6 Number of measured customers in different customer groups
Name of the
customer group
ID of the group
Number of
customers in
round 1
measurements
Number of
customers in
round 2
measurements
Diary
301
Workshop (wood)
302
3
Workshop (metal)
303
3
Flour mill
304
1
Other industry
305
5
12
Total Industrial
30
12
12
Governmental
building
201
2
2
Business centre
202
9
2
Public education
203
1
1
Hotel/motel
204
2
Restaurant
205
5
1
Coffee shop
206
4
1
212
Number of
customers in
round 3
measurements
Supermarket
207
1
Bakery
208
2
Hair saloon
209
2
Other commercial
210
8
Total commercial
and public services
20
36
Not known
1
8
5
41
However, the number of customers per individual group was small varying from 1 to 11. Therefore it is
not possible to produce reliable load curves. Four groups had at least 4 customers, and normalized load
curves were produced to these groups. However, numerical tables are not presented here because the
final load curves require more measurements.
Results are given in 00, 01, 02 and 03 . As can be seen, the confidence intervals are in some cases quite
high due to the small number of customers measured.
213
Profile for: GovBuild/NORMAL/SAT
4
4.0
3
3.0
2
2.0
1
1.0
0
0.0
10
20
30
40
Time interval of 30 minutes
-1
-1.0
Useload ADO international
Profile for: GovBuild/NORMAL/SUN
3
3.0
2
2.0
1
1.0
0
0.0
10
20
30
40
Time interval of 30 minutes
-1
-1.0
-2
-2.0
Useload ADO international
214
Profile for: GovBuild/*/HOL
1.6
1.60
1.4
1.40
1.2
1.20
1.0
1.00
0.8
0.80
0.6
0.60
0.4
0.40
0.2
0.20
0.0
0.00
10
-0.2
20
30
40
-0.20
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
Profile for: GovBuild/NORMAL/WORK
3
3.0
2
2.0
1
1.0
0
0.0
10
20
30
40
Time interval of 30 minutes
-1
-1.0
Useload ADO international
Figure 20. Normalized load curves for governmental buildings, 4 customers
215
Profile for: Business/NORMAL/WORK
kWh/30 min
2.5
2.5
2.0
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
0.0
50
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
Profile for: Business/NORMAL/SAT
2.5
2.5
2.0
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0
10
20
30
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
216
40
0.0
50
Profile for: Business/NORMAL/SUN
kWh/30 min
2.0
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
0.0
50
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
Profile for: Business/*/HOL
1.4
1.40
1.2
1.20
1.0
1.00
0.8
0.80
0.6
0.60
0.4
0.40
0.2
0.20
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
Figure 21. Normalized load curves for business centers, 11 customers
217
0.00
50
Profile for: Restaurants/NORMAL/WORK
3.0
3.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
10
20
30
40
Time interval of 30 minutes
-1.0
-1.0
Useload ADO international
Profile for: Restaurants/NORMAL/SAT
2.5
2.5
2.0
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0
10
20
30
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
218
40
0.0
50
Profile for: Restaurants/NORMAL/SUN
2.5
2.5
2.0
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
0.0
50
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
Profile for: Restaurants/*/HOL
1.4
1.40
1.2
1.20
1.0
1.00
0.8
0.80
0.6
0.60
0.4
0.40
0.2
0.20
0.0
0.00
10
-0.2
20
30
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
Figure 22. Normalized load curves for restaurants, 6 customers
219
40
-0.20
Profile for: Coffee shops/NORMAL/WORK
3.0
3.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
10
20
30
40
Time interval of 30 minutes
-1.0
-1.0
Useload ADO international
Profile for: Coffee shops/NORMAL/SAT
3
3.0
2
2.0
1
1.0
0
0.0
10
20
30
40
Time interval of 30 minutes
-1
-1.0
Useload ADO international
220
Profile for: Coffee shops/NORMAL/SUN
3.0
3.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
10
20
30
40
Time interval of 30 minutes
-1.0
-1.0
Useload ADO international
Profile for: Coffee shops/*/HOL
2.5
2.5
2.0
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
0.0
50
Time interval of 30 minutes
Useload ADO international
Figure 23. Normalized load curves for coffee shops, 5 customers
From other groups individual weekly profiles (kWh/h) of individual customers are presented as
examples showing typical behavior of these customers (024 - 029).
221
Average week profiles NORMAL
kWh/30 min
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0
100
200
300
400
Time interval of 30 minutes
203-1593745
203-626
Useload ADO international
Figure 24. Average weekly profiles of 2 schools in kWh/30 min
Average week profiles NORMAL
kWh/30 min
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
300
Time interval of 30 minutes
204-2760282
204-2639549
Useload ADO international
Figure 25. Average weekly profiles of 2 hotels/motels
222
400
Average week profiles NORMAL
kWh/30 min
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
0
100
200
300
400
Time interval of 30 minutes
208-1026976
208-1067532
Useload ADO international
Figure 26. Average weekly profiles of 2 bakeries
Average week profiles NORMAL
kWh/30 min
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
100
200
300
Time interval of 30 minutes
209-222637
209-1041885
Useload ADO international
Figure 27. Average weekly profiles of 2 hair saloon
223
400
Average week profiles NORMAL
kWh/30 min
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0
100
200
300
400
Time interval of 30 minutes
302-3114628
302-1096313
Useload ADO international
Figure 28 Average weekly profiles of 2 workshops (wood)
Average week profiles NORMAL
kWh/30 min
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
300
Time interval of 30 minutes
303-2643181
303-2892460
Useload ADO international
Figure 29. Average weekly profiles of 2 workshops (metal)
5 POWER QUALITY ON THE BASIS OF SPECIAL METERING
224
400
5.1
Power quality analysis
In addition to the active power the half-hourly meters record also some other data which is shortly
analyzed, although power quality itself was not the aim of the metering. However some power quality
questions are related also to DSM in that sense that the power quality problems are often caused by the
network constraints and overloading. If peak loads of the network can be reduced by DSM actions, also
the power quality at customers is improved.
In this connection the following aspects of power quality are analyzed:



Unavailability of power at customers. This is defined from the measured half-hourly values as
a ratio of number of half-hours when active power = 0 due to power cuts to the total number
of half-hours during the measuring period.
Undervoltage at customer. This was defined as a ratio of those half-hours when voltage was
below 196 V to the total number of half-hours when the customer had electricity. This is
based on the value of 230 V – 15 %.
Ratio of reactive energy to active energy during the measuring period. This shows the Qav/Pav
during the measuring period.
From the data it is also possible to define load curves of reactive power similar to the active power, but
these were not defined during the project due to the time limits of the project.
5.1.1
Unavailability of power due to the outages
030 shows the unavailabilities of the measured residential customers. The average value is 2.32 % which
corresponds 203 hours per year without electricity due to the outages. There were some individual
customers with a very poor quality (unavailability over 5 %). 031 shows the corresponding values for
three-phase customers. Here the average value is 1.71 % corresponding 150 hours on annual level. Thus
the power quality is a little bit better at three-phase customers, but also here there are some individuals
with a very poor quality.
225
Figure 30 Unavailability of power at residential customers
Figure 31. Unavailability of power at three-phase customers
5.1.2
Undervoltages at customers
02 shows the shares of undervoltage (< 196 V) time at residential customers. Average time is 5.08 %
corresponding 445 hours on annual basis.
226
Figure 32. Undervoltage (<196 V) time of residential customers
033 shows correspondingly the values of phase 2 of three-phase customers. Average value for phase 2 is
2.88 %. Corresponding average values for phase 1 and 3 were 2.22 % and 3.31 %. At three-phase
customers the voltage quality was generally better than with residential customers, and more than 50 %
of customers did not have any problems. In some cases, however, there was large unsymmetries in
voltages (low-voltage in one phase).
Figure 33. Undervoltage (<196 V) time of phase 2 of three-phase customers
5.1.3
Reactive power
035 shows the share of average reactive power of active power at residential customers (= tan φ).
Average value is 0,313 and about 20 % had the value over 0.5.
227
Figure 34. Qav/Pav (=tan φ) at residential customers
035 shows the corresponding shares at three-phase customers. The average value is 0.660 and about 25
% of customers had values over 1.0.
Figure 35. Qav/Pav (=tan φ) at three-phase customers
6 CUSTOMER SURVEYS
6.1 Objectives and contents of customer surveys
The main objectives of the customer surveys are to map the end-use equipment and their use to see
where the electricity is actually used. The surveys are carried out both for the half-hourly measured
228
customers and for a larger sample of customers in Ethiopia. Total number of surveys is in the order of
1200. The surveys of the non-half-hourly measured customers were carried out outside Addis Ababa.
Surveys were carried out partly by the personnel of EEA and partly by students supervised by ESEE.
Separate surveys were developed for the domestic household and commercial/public service and
industrial customers. The questionnaires are added to this report as Appendices (Appendix 1 and
Appendix 2)
The household questionnaire is used for all types of residential customers including both half-hourly
metered customers and domestic customers with normal billing meters.
The service (commercial and public) and industrial customer segments include very large number of
different types of customer groups. It is not possible to cover all groups with the limited number of halfhourly meters and surveys. Therefore it was decided to mainly concentrate to certain types of
customers including


in commercial side governmental office buildings, business centers, public educational
institutions, public hotels or motels, restaurants and supermarkets
in industrial side diaries, workshops (wood), workshops (metal) and flour mill
These surveys were carried out only for half-hourly measured 3-phase customers.
6.2 Handling of the survey data
EEA was responsible for to collect the surveys. Special excel-forms were developed so that the
summaries of the answers can be filled into these sheets. EEA was responsible for this.
In the analysis of the answers mainly the following results will be obtained:
 penetration of different types of end-use equipment: this gives indications on the existing
DSM potential and can be used for the estimation of the trends in the future penetrations
 use of the equipment: with this information some characteristics of the load curves can
explained and especially the role of different end-uses in peak load situation can be
estimated
 on the basis of the above information the DSM measures including the customer advice
campaigns can be directed to the most important end-uses
 also the correlation of the electricity use and the end-use equipment can be studied
The last one will be based on the average annual consumptions of the different end-use equipment. The
problem is that there is lack of information on the annual electricity use of different equipment in
Ethiopian conditions. In Europe a lot of information exists based on large measurements of individual
equipment, but these cannot be applied directly in Ethiopia due to the different types and ages of the
equipment. However, some estimates will be done.
229
One possibility is to try to use the econometric model called Conditional Demand Analysis (CDA), which
has been used in several countries like Norway [4}] and Finland [5]. It utilizes the difference between the
holdings of different appliances at household customers. Household customers with a specific type of an
electrical appliance are compared with household customers that do not have such an appliance, and
the difference in electricity consumption can be ascribed to this type of appliance. This model requires
accurate information on the annual electricity use of large amount of customers. However, the survey
data did not included enough reliable energy consumption data and the method was not used in the
analysis.
Another possibility is to use the survey data for the estimation of the use of equipment as well as for the
estimation of energy consumed by the different types of end-uses on the basis rating (power) of end-use
equipment. This method was used in the analysis of surveys for certain end-uses.
6.3 Results of the residential customers
6.3.1
The surveyed customers
The surveys were carried out in Addis Abeba for the half-hourly measured customers and in 5 areas
outside Addis Abeba as seen in 036.
230
Figure 36. Survey areas
0 shows the number of customers in surveys.
Table 7. The number of customers surveyed
No
City
Number of customers in surveys
1
Addis Ababa (measured customers)
137
2
Mekelle
203
3
Hawassa
200
4
Adama
207
5
Bahir Dar
201
6
Jimma
213
Total number of customers
1 161 (1024 outside AA)
231
08 gives some background information in different regions. The number of people per household and
rooms per person are quite similar in all regions, but the electricity consumption is much higher at the
half-hourly measured customers (6058 kWh/a) in Addis Ababa than in other regions (2287 kWh/a)1.
These annual consumptions of the interviewed customers are clearly higher than the average
consumption of all residential customers in Ethiopia (886 kWh/a in 2010/2011). Main reason for this is
that interviews were carried out in cities where customers have had electricity already long time: 81 %
have had electricity 5 years or more and 96 % at least 3 years. Thus the results of the interviews are
applicable for existing customers but not to the newly electrified customers and villages.
The following subsections show the main results of the interviews of different types of end-use
appliances with the explanations.
Table 8. Background information on the interviewed customers
Region
Measured in AA
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
Consumers
No
137
Average (2010) People per Rooms per
consumption household household
kWh/a
No
No
6058
6.1
7.3
203
200
207
201
213
1024
1782
4365
1482
1132
2409
2287
7.8
6.7
5.5
6.2
5.5
6.3
5.7
6.1
5.2
5.7
4.7
5.5
Rooms
per person
No
1.20
0.73
0.90
0.95
0.93
0.87
0.87
6.3.2 Hot water production and storage
Table 99 shows how hot water is produced and stored. In most cases there were multiple energy
sources for hot water heating: the shares of electricity were in Addis Ababa almost 40 % and outside 34
%. In most cases the sizes of heat storage were very small, only in Addis Ababa and partly in Hawassa
larger (> 50 liters) were in use. Only this size of storage is applicable for load control or can utilize timeof-use tariffs. On the basis of data it was not possible to estimate the electricity consumption of hot
water production.
1
The annual consumption of all customers was not known, but acceptable estimates were available to 88 % of
customers
232
Penetration rate of hot water heating and storage
Table 9.
Average (2010)
consumption
Region
kWh/a
Measured in AA
6058
heating of domestic hot water
Penetration rates in %
biofuel
gas
oil
electricity
5.8 %
53.3 %
64.2 %
38.7 %
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
32.2 %
8.0 %
55.6 %
54.2 %
57.7 %
41.8 %
1782
4365
1482
1132
2409
2287
6.3.3
37.1 %
58.0 %
14.0 %
6.5 %
18.8 %
26.7 %
5.9 %
0.5 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
22.1 %
5.9 %
< 50 liters
26.3 %
27.2 %
52.5 %
33.3 %
14.9 %
41.8 %
34.0 %
92.8 %
81.4 %
92.3 %
95.0 %
91.0 %
90.0 %
size of the storage
shares in %
50-100
> 100
61.7 %
12.0 %
7.2 %
16.7 %
5.8 %
5.0 %
9.0 %
9.2 %
0.0 %
2.0 %
1.9 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.9 %
Lighting
Table 100 shows the number of different types of bulbs, their ratings and use (hour/day). The data
includes only those customers who had that specific type of bulbs. In most cases customers have a mix
of several types of bulbs but not always all types.
Table 10.
Region
Measured in AA
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
number
No/customer
9.5
4.6
5.7
6.5
6.8
4.9
5.8
Number of bulbs, average rating and use/day for different types of bulbs.
incandescent
aver. rating
W
45.0
55.5
54.5
45.7
44.3
47.9
49.5
CFL
time/day
number
aver. rating
hours No/customer
W
4.2
5.9
13.3
5.4
5.5
4.5
4.8
5.7
5.2
4.3
4.9
5.6
3.2
3.9
4.6
15.3
22.2
15.5
21.7
24.1
20.9
time/day
hours
4.3
number
No/customer
3.4
5.7
5.6
4.8
4.1
5.7
5.2
2.8
1.9
2.0
3.1
1.8
2.3
fluorescent
aver. rating
W
32.1
34.2
33.1
30.8
19.2
35.9
29.2
time/day
hours
6.1
number
No/customer
20.6
halogen
aver. rating
W
15.0
time/day
hours
4.4
6.6
7.2
9.0
5.3
5.7
6.5
2.0
5.3
3.4
2.0
4.1
3.6
3.0
20.6
10.3
9.0
9.8
11.2
5.3
5.2
4.4
5.7
4.8
5.0
Table 111 shows the penetration rates of different types of bulbs: it shows how many households from
100 have that specific type of bulbs. For ex. in Addis Ababa 5.1 % of households had halogens, but those
who had it had on average 20.6 bulbs. The table shows that about 11 % in Addis Ababa and 21 % outside
AA did not had incandescent bulbs, but had moved to CFLs. On the other hand, 38 % in Addis Ababa and
43 % outside AA did not had CFLs at all.
233
Penetration rates of different types of bulbs
Table 11.
Region
Measured in AA
Penetration
CFL
fluorescent
%
%
62.8 %
59.1 %
incandescent
%
89.1 %
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
77.7 %
86.5 %
74.9 %
89.1 %
69.0 %
79.2 %
76.7 %
73.5 %
69.1 %
37.8 %
29.1 %
56.9 %
14.4 %
22.5 %
13.0 %
26.9 %
24.4 %
20.2 %
halogen
%
5.1 %
2.5 %
17.0 %
5.8 %
31.8 %
61.5 %
24.0 %
Combining the number of bulbs, their average ratings and using hours (Table 10) and the penetration
rates (Table 11) the average consumption of different bulb types can be estimated. The results are
shown in Table 12. It also shows the total consumption of lighting as well as its share from the total
electricity consumption of the average customer. These estimates have some uncertainties like


the ratings in Table 10 are not always right and are probably in some case too high especially
in in CFFLs and halogens and
and the operating hours may be in average too high because it is assumed that all lamps are
switched on.
However, in totally Table 12 shows that lighting is very important end use and its share from total
consumption of residential customers is very high and often dominant.
The estimated annual consumptions of lighting appliances of an average
household
Table 12.
Average (2010)
consumption
Region
kWh/a
Measured in AA
6058
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
1782
4365
1482
1132
2409
2287
incandescent
kWh/a
586
CFL
kWh/a
78
fluorescent
kWh/a
143
halogen
kWh/a
25
totally
kWh/a
832
511
623
487
528
488
537
136
221
153
105
196
184
230
162
203
115
131
161
11
205
56
38
70
75
889
1211
899
786
885
957
234
Lighting
from consump.
%
13.7 %
49.9 %
27.7 %
60.7 %
69.4 %
36.7 %
41.8 %
6.3.4 Cooking
Table 133 shows the use of different cooking appliances in those households who owned these specific
appliances. Some customers used them every day and some sometimes per week. The table shows the
average use of the appliances per day of those customers who indicate daily use and corresponding
weekly use of those who described weekly use.
It was also asked the ratings of the appliances, but only values of injera stoves are given in the table. In
other appliances the collected ratings were quite uncertain and on the other hand ratings for ex. of hot
plates or ovens do not describe the average power during the use because the full power is not in use all
time.
Ratings of injera stoves were not asked in Addis Ababa; therefore the value of 2500 W is used
corresponding to the average rating outside Addis Ababa. Some households have more than one injera
stoves, in Addis Ababa average number was 1.2 per household. This is taken into account of energy
consumption in Addis Ababa; outside Addis Ababa the ratings include the possible several injera stoves
per household.
Table 1414 shows the penetration rates of different appliances, i.e. in how many households from 100
the appliances are in use. It can be seen that in spite of injera stoves the penetration rates are still quite
low.
Table 13.
Region
Measured in AA
Rating
2500
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
Region
Measured in AA
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
Use of different cooking appliances
electric injera stove
per day
per week
1.5
1.8
2814
1602
2341
2979
2990
2496
2.2
2.1
1.3
1.3
2.1
1.9
electric hot plate
per day
per week
1.0
0.7
2.8
2.2
1.9
1.7
2.8
2.3
microwave oven
per day
per week
1.0
4.5
1.4
1.7
1.8
1.3
1.1
1.4
1.5
2.1
1.9
2.1
1.3
1.8
1.5
2.1
1.9
2.1
1.3
1.8
electric stove
per day
per week
2.0
2.7
3.0
2.2
3.0
3.1
2.5
electric coffee machine
per day
per week
4.3
4.0
2.1
2.5
1.5
3.3
2.2
2.3
1.1
1.4
1.5
1.3
1.0
1.2
235
4.2
1.8
3.7
2.6
1.5
2.7
2.0
2.0
5.0
1.5
2.0
2.9
electric oven
per day
per week
1.3
1.2
1.4
1.7
1.8
1.3
1.1
1.4
2.1
2.5
1.5
3.3
2.2
2.3
electric water kettle
per day
per week
1.6
2.3
1.0
7.5
1.0
4.7
1.0
1.0
3.9
Penetration rates of different kind of cooking appliances
Table 14.
Measured in AA
electric
injera stove
89.1 %
electric
hot plate
4.4 %
electric
stove
24.8 %
77.3 %
74.0 %
88.4 %
35.8 %
66.7 %
68.6 %
1.5 %
14.0 %
24.6 %
7.5 %
18.3 %
13.4 %
0.5 %
0.5 %
1.0 %
1.5 %
0.5 %
0.8 %
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
Penetration %
electric
microwave
oven
oven
5.1 %
2.9 %
15.8 %
11.5 %
14.5 %
12.4 %
20.2 %
14.9 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.5 %
1.5 %
1.4 %
0.7 %
coffee
machine
4.4 %
water
kettle
5.8 %
11.3 %
12.0 %
15.9 %
6.5 %
9.9 %
11.1 %
1.5 %
0.5 %
5.8 %
0.5 %
1.4 %
2.0 %
The annual energy consumption per household of different cooking appliances was estimated on the
basis of above data (Table 1313) taking into account the penetration rates. The following assumptions
were made:


in injera stoves the actual ratings and use (Table 1313) were applied. The average use time of
one injera stove is 20 – 40 minutes per use according to [6]. 30 minutes was used here.
in other appliances rough estimates of the energy consumption per use were applied taking
into account the number of use per day or per week (Table 1313). These estimates for one use
were: 0.5 kWh for hot plates, 1 kWh for stoves and ovens, 0.075 kWh for microwave and 0.1
kWh for coffee machines and electric kettles.
Table 1515 shows the results. It can be seen that the share of cooking energy is about 6 % at the halfhourly measured customers in Addis Ababa and 12 % outside Addis Ababa.
The estimated annual electric consumption of cooking appliances of an
average household
Table 15.
Average (2010)
consumption
Region
kWh/a
Measured in AA
6058
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
1782
4365
1482
1132
2409
2287
electric
injera stove
kWh/a
192
electric
hot plate
kWh/a
2
electric
stove
kWh/a
155
electric
oven
kWh/a
16
327
170
157
57
186
185
3
55
77
19
37
39
1
1
3
0
0
1
69
22
55
45
39
46
236
microwave electric coffee
oven
machine
kWh/a
kWh/a
1
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
10
15
5
4
9
water
kettle
kWh/a
2
totally
kWh/a
372
from consump.
%
6.1 %
0
0
0
0
0
0
411
257
305
126
267
280
23.1 %
5.9 %
20.6 %
11.1 %
11.1 %
12.2 %
6.3.5
Cold appliances
Table 1616 shows the average volumes and ages of cold appliances. The ratings of the appliances were
also asked, but that data is not very reliable, and it is not that relevant, because the energy consumption
of the cold appliance depends on many factors like the rating, compressor cycles, insulations, customer
behavior etc.
Average volumes and ages of cold appliances
Table 16.
Region
Measured in AA
refrigerator without freezer
volume
age
200
5.8
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
237
182
177
206
234
201
refrigerator with freezerrefrigerator with freezing box
volume
age
volume
age
262
7.5
6.1
3.9
4.6
6.2
5.7
5.0
330
268
339
205
340
308
5.3
4.5
5.0
2.8
6.8
5.1
220
229
894
280
235
341
separate freezer
volume
age
200.0
3.2
4.0
4.8
5.3
10.0
5.4
5.0
320.0
12.0
Table 1717 shows the penetration rates. Separate freezers are very uncommon, total penetration rates
of different types of refrigerators is about 87 % at the half-hourly measured customers in Addis Ababa
and about 74 % outside Addis Ababa. Thus the cold appliances are quite common.
Table 17.
Region
Measured in AA
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
Penetration rates of cold appliances
refrigerator
without
freezer
24.8 %
Penetration (%)
refrigerator
refrigerator
with
with
freezer
freezing box
66.4 %
17.2 %
41.0 %
9.2 %
21.4 %
7.5 %
18.9 %
44.3 %
32.0 %
71.0 %
38.3 %
56.8 %
48.7 %
0.5 %
21.5 %
5.3 %
0.0 %
2.8 %
5.9 %
separate
freezer
2.9 %
0.5 %
0.1 %
The annual consumptions of different types of cold appliances in Ethiopian conditions are not known. To
get some information on the importance of cold appliances the following estimates were used: 350
kWh/a for refrigerators without freezers, 450 kWh/a with freezers, 400 kWh/a with freezing box and
400 kWh/a for separate freezers. Combining these values with the penetration rates, the estimated
annual consumptions shown in Table 1818 were obtained. It can be seen that the share of the energy of
237
cold appliances is about 10 % at the half-hourly measured customers in Addis Ababa and 14 % outside
Addis Ababa.
The estimated annual electric consumption of cold appliances of an average
Table 18.
household
Average (2010)
consumption
Region
kWh/a
Measured in AA
6058
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
refrigerator
without
freezer
kWh/a
123
1782
4365
1482
1132
2409
2287
60
144
32
75
26
66
refrigerator refrigerator separate
with
with
freezer
freezer freezing box
kWh/a
kWh/a
kWh/a
440
12
200
144
320
172
256
219
2
86
21
0
11
23
totally
kWh/a
574
from consump.
%
9.5 %
262
374
373
247
295
309
14.7 %
8.6 %
25.2 %
21.9 %
12.2 %
13.5 %
0
0
0
0
2
0
6.3.6 Entertainment appliances
In Addis Ababa the number of appliances per household and outside Addis Ababa the ratings of
appliances were collected. Also the daily use of appliances was asked in the interviews. The summary of
these results can be seen in the Table 19.
Average ratings (outside Addis Ababa) or number of appliances (in AA), and
use of appliances
Table 19.
Region
Measured in AA
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
No or rating
No or W
1.7
CRT TV
hours
hour/day
4.9
74.7
126.1
104.8
145.0
70.2
103.6
7.2
6.4
5.9
6.7
7.5
6.7
size
"
22.2
No or rating
No or W
1.2
LCD TV
hours
hour/day
6.1
120.0
193.7
70.2
148.4
78.1
140.7
9.5
5.7
7.9
7.6
9.2
7.1
238
size
"
26.8
No or rating
No or W
1.5
85.0
96.7
174.0
151.7
50.5
123.9
plasma TV
hours
hour/day
5.0
2.0
3.3
5.0
7.4
6.5
5.9
size
"
42.0
receiver/digibox
No or rating
hours
No or W
hour/day
1.2
5.3
Region
Measured in AA
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
25.5
36.6
31.4
45.2
34.3
35.3
6.9
5.7
7.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
video recorder
No or rating
hours
No or W
hour/day
1.0
43.7
19.0
33.3
25.0
39.9
32.8
5.3
4.7
1.4
2.0
4.4
3.2
DVD
No or rating
hours
No or W
hour/day
1.1
1.9
22.8
24.7
31.5
37.1
36.8
29.8
HiFi
separate radio
No or rating
hours
No or rating
hours
No or W
hour/day
No or W
hour/day
2.0
1.0
1.3
4.2
4.3
3.5
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.5
13.0
20.0
90.5
270.0
90.6
74.9
2.0
4.0
2.0
4.6
5.2
4.8
38.3
23.7
55.3
71.6
44.1
37.3
4.4
6.7
5.3
3.6
3.6
5.1
TVs are very common as can be seen from the penetration rates of the Table 2020. The penetration is in
practice 100 % and about 90 % of TVs are CRTs outside Addis Ababa and 80 % in Addis Ababa. Many
households have more than one TVs, the half-hourly measured customers in Addis Ababa had in average
1.7 TV-set per households. Also outside Addis Ababa there was in average more than one TV per
households, this has been taken into account in the ratings of CRTs which in average is more than the
typical rating for one TV set.
Penetration rates of the entertainment appliances per household
Table 20.
Region
Measured in AA
CRT TV
79.6 %
LCD TV
21.2 %
plasma TV
2.9 %
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
98.0 %
84.0 %
87.4 %
86.0 %
89.7 %
89.0 %
1.0 %
18.5 %
7.7 %
7.5 %
7.0 %
8.3 %
0.5 %
1.5 %
1.0 %
3.5 %
0.9 %
1.4 %
Penetration (%)
receiver/
video
digibox
recorder
68.6 %
0.0 %
21.7 %
18.0 %
25.6 %
32.5 %
49.8 %
28.9 %
1.5 %
3.0 %
5.3 %
1.0 %
3.3 %
2.6 %
DVD
3.6 %
HiFi
37.2 %
separate
radio
1.5 %
65.0 %
90.5 %
53.6 %
52.0 %
60.6 %
63.3 %
1.0 %
1.0 %
1.0 %
2.0 %
11.7 %
3.2 %
24.6 %
42.5 %
10.1 %
10.0 %
22.1 %
21.8 %
The annual consumptions of the entertainment equipment were estimated on the basis of the above
ratings, daily use and penetration rates. In Addis Ababa ratings were not collected and there typical
ratings were used: 100 W for CRT-, 140 W for LCD-, 170 W for plasma TVs, 35 W for receivers/digiboxes
and videos, 30 W for DVDs, 75 W for HiFis and 40 W for radios.
The summary of the estimated consumptions per average household is given in the Table 2121. The
shares of the entertainment equipment from the total consumption are about 15 % outside Addis Ababa
and 7 % at the half-hourly measured customers in Addis Ababa.
The estimated annual electric consumption of entertainment appliances of an
average household
Table 21.
239
Average (2010)
consumption
Region
kWh/a
Measured in AA
6058
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
1782
4365
1482
1132
2409
2287
CRT TV
kWh/a
234
LCD TV
kWh/a
80
191
247
198
303
172
227
4
74
16
31
18
30
receiver/
plasma TV digibox
kWh/a
kWh/a
14
55
0
2
3
14
1
4
video
recorder
kWh/a
0
14
14
21
34
40
24
1
1
1
0
2
1
DVD
kWh/a
1
23
28
19
22
26
24
HiFi
kWh/a
20
0
0
1
9
20
6
separate
radio
kWh/a
1
15
25
11
9
13
15
totally
kWh/a
405
from total
consumption
%
6.7 %
249
391
270
423
293
332
14.0 %
9.0 %
18.2 %
37.4 %
12.2 %
14.5 %
In Addis Ababa, it was also asked if TVs are switched off by remote controller or by the button in TV. The
idea is to see the role of stand-by consumption. If TV is switched off by remote controller, it still
consumes electricity (typically 4 W per CRT TV). About 40 % used remote controllers. If TV is in stand-by
19 hours per day, the stand-by consumption is almost 30 kWh/a.
6.3.7Other appliances
Other household appliances include for ex. washing machines, dish washers and different types of office
appliances. In Ethiopia desktop and laptop PCs and internet modems have increasing penetration as can
be seen from the Table 2222. Washing machines are still very rear outside Addis Ababa.
The annual consumption of these appliances is not estimated here. The types of equipment differ and
the share of their consumption from the consumption of the average household is still small. In the
future their importance will increase and especially the stand-by consumption of the office appliances
can be considerable, if they are not switched off when not used.
Table 22.
Region
Penetration rates of some other appliances
washing
machines
Measured in AA
17.5 %
All outside AA
2.4 %
Penetration (%)
washing
desktop PC
machines
with dryer
5.8 %
21.9 %
0.0 %
10.3 %
laptop PC
internet
modem
21.9 %
22.6 %
21.9 %
1.3 %
Mobile phones are very common and according to the interviews their penetration rates were 89 % at
the half-hourly measured customers in Addis Ababa and 63 % outside Addis Ababa. Many households
have several phones: in Addis Ababa the average number of phones per household was 4.7 when the
number of people per household was 7.3.
The charges of mobile phones uses also stand-by electricity if the charges are connected to the
networks. According to the questionnaire almost 70 % of the charges were connected to the network
continuously. The stand-by power is usually less than 1 W, but if there are several charges continuously
connected, the annual consumption can be some tens of kWh.
240
6.3.8 Summary of residential consumption
The summary of the annual consumption of different groups of household appliances is given in the
Table 23. The “others” in the table means the difference of the total consumption and the sum of the
estimated appliance consumption. In some cases this is negative meaning that there are uncertainties in
the answers of interviews and in the assumption described above. However, the consumptions at the
half-hourly measured customers in Addis Ababa and all customers outside Addis Ababa show the rough
shares of different end-use groups.
These shares are shown in the 037 for customers outside Addis Ababa (1024 customers) and in the 038
for the half-hourly measured customers in Addis Ababa. In Addis Ababa quite a large amount of
consumption (more than 40 %) cannot be explained on the basis of questionnaires.
Table 23.
Summary of the estimated consumptions of different end-use groups
Average (2010)
consumption
Region
kWh/a
Measured in AA
6058
Mekelle
Hawassa
Adama
Bahir Dar
Jimma
All outside AA
1782
4365
1482
1132
2409
2287
lighting
kWh/a
832
cooking
kWh/a
372
cold
kWh/a
574
entertainment
kWh/a
405
889
1211
899
786
885
957
411
257
305
126
267
280
262
374
373
247
295
309
249
391
270
423
293
332
241
others
kWh/a
3875
-30
2133
-366
-451
670
409
Figure 37. The shares of different end-uses at customers outside Addis Ababa (1024
customers)
Figure 38. The shares of different end-uses at half-hourly measured customers in Addis
Ababa (137 customers)
242
6.4
Three-phase customers
Interviews of the three-phase customers were carried out only for the half-hourly metered customers.
As can be seen from 0, the types of three-phase customers varied and only a few customers were from
individual customers groups. Therefore, it is not possible to make any statistical analysis from the
interviews. The results of interviews can, however, be used in the individual analysis of half-hourly
measured customers and in the energy audits of individual customers.
243
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Tyynismaa, Petri; Kärkkäinen, Seppo, Metering Plan, February 2011
Ethiopian Electric Power Corporation, Facts in Brief 2008/2009 and 2010/2011
Feilberg, Nicolai, USELOAD User manual, SINTEF TR F5682, 2006
Saele, Hanne; Rosenberg, Eva and Feilberg, Nicolai, State-of-the-art Projects for estimating the
electricity demand. SINTEF TR A6999, 2010
5. Kotitalouksien sähkönkäyttö 2006, Adato 2008 (in Finnish: the electricity use in households
2006)
6. Injera electric baking stoves in Addis Ababa. Final draft of a World Bank funded study, 74 p.,
2009
Page 244 of 257
Appendix 1
DSM Study for Ethiopian Power Sector
Household Questionnaire
1.
Basic information
Information from the latest bill of Ethiopian Electric Power Corporation
Contract number: long number
Contract number: short number
Meter number
Previous meter reading
Present reading
Consumption period
Address: Sub City, Woreda, House Number
How long the customer has had electricity
(2 Years/ 3 Years/ 4 Years/ More)
Is DSM Meter connected to the customer?
Give the meter number
Total number of people in the household
-
below 5 year
-
6 – 17 years
-
18 – 35 years
-
36 – 55 years
-
over 55 years
Page 245 of 257
Type of the building
-
single family building
-
multifamily building (row house)
-
block of flats
-
number of rooms at the household
-
total area in square meters
2. Water heating and air-conditioning
by biofuel
charcoal
kerosene
electricity
less than
50 liters
50 – 80
liters
over 80
liters
per day (if
every day)
or per
week
How the domestic hot water is heated?
If you have hot water storage in the connection of
electrically heated hot water
-
what size is the storage?
If you have electrically heated hot water and shower
-
how many times your family have shower on average?
Do you have electricity based
air-conditioning appliance?
-
fan
cooler
what type?
246
other, specify?
3.
Lighting
the number of light bulbs of
each type
No.
(How
many)
Rating
(Watts)
how many hours per day they
are used?
incandescent
compact fluorescent (CFL)
fluorescent
low wattage halogen
others, specify?
4.
Cooking
What type of electric cooking
appliances you have and how often
they are used per day or per week?
No.
How often they are used
(how many)
electric injera stove
electric hot plate
electric stove
electric oven
microwave oven
electric coffee machine
water kettle
247
per day (if every
day)
or per week
5.
Cold appliances
No. (how many)
volume in liters
age in years
refrigerator without freezer
refrigerator with freezer
refrigerator with freezing box
separate freezer
6.
Washing and drying machines
No. (how many)
How often they are used
per week?
washing machine (for clothes)
washing machine with combined
dryer
separate dryer
electric flat irons
dish washers
7.
Entertainment equipment
No.
(how many)
CRT TV (normal panel)
LCD TV (flat panel)
plasma TV (flat panel
satellite receiver/terrestial digibox
video recorder
248
How many hours
per day they are on
What is the size of the
screen in inches?
DVD player/recorder
HiFi
separate radio connected to electricity
others, specify?
When you turn off the above
appliances, do you use
8.
remote controller (stand by)
or button of the
appliance
Office type appliances
Do you have following appliances and
how long they are used per day
No.
(how
many)
how many hours
per day they are
used
When they are not used,
are they totally switched
off
desktop PC
laptop PC
wideband internet modem
printer
scanner
mobile phone
others, specify?
Yes
When you finish the charging of your laptop or mobile phone, do
you disconnect the charging device from the electric network?
249
No
9. Other electric appliances
Do you have any other electric
appliances connected to the network?
Yes, specify?
No
Questionnaire Filled By:
Date:
…………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………
250
Appendix 2
Ethiopian Electric Agency
DSM Study for Ethiopian Power Sector
Questionnaire for Service and Industrial Customers
1. Basic information
Information from the latest bill of Ethiopian Electric Power Corporation
Contract number (long )
Contract number (short number)
EEPCO meter number
Previous meter reading
Present reading
Consumption period
The tariff code
Input Phase (Single (1), Three(3))
Voltage level in kV (0.4, 15, 33)
Current transformer ratio (if any)
Address (Sub City)
Address (Woreda, Building Number)
Since when customer connected to power?
DSM Meter number (if connected)
Page 251 of 257
2. Main activity of the customer
Industrial customer business type
-
diary
-
workshop (wood)
-
workshop (metal)
-
flour mill
-
other industry (specify)
Commercial customer application
-
governmental office building
-
business center
-
public educational institution
-
public hotel or motel
-
restaurant
-
supermarket
-
others (specify)
………………………………………………………
3. Space
Approximately, service area in square meters
-
less than 100
-
100 - 500
-
500 - 1000
-
1000 - 5000
-
5000 - 10000
-
more than 10000
Does the customer own or lease this space
The number of full-time workers at this facility
Page 252 of 257
4. Daily operation schedule at the location
start-time
end-time
weekdays
Saturday
Sunday and holidays
Are there any days of the week, Monday through
Sunday, the facility is closed (specify the day)
5. Backup/standby generators
Do you have onsite backup/standby electricity generators, if yes
-
what is the output capacity in kW
-
estimate of number of operational hours in 2011?
6. Water heating and air-conditioning
Hot water heater serves only this customer?
Hot water serves multiple customers? If yes, how many?
by
biofuel
charcoal
kerosene solar
electricity
How the hot water is
heated?
If you have hot water storage in the
connection of electrically heated hot
water
-
less than
50 liters
what size is the storage?
Page 253 of 257
50 – 80
liters
80 – 300
liters
over 300
liters
Where the hot water is used

for domestic hot water use

for industrial processes

for other purposes, please specify
Do you have electricity based air conditioning (ac) system serving your
facilities? If yes, what type of system you have
-
rooftop or ground mounted unitary electric ac
-
electric heat pump based ac
-
building cooling system that serves multiple customers
-
window or room air conditioners, how many
-
others, specify
How do you operate the ac system during working hours
-
set the thermostat to about xx degrees (define temperature)
-
set the control switch to “on” and let it run
-
only run ac on hot days, how many days approximately per
month
-
shut it off most of that time
-
Other (specify)
How do you operate the AC system during evening and night time?
-
set the thermostat to about xx degrees (define temperature)
-
set the control switch to “on” and let it run
-
only run ac on hot days, how many days approximately per
month
-
shut it off most of the time
-
Other (specify)
Page 254 of 257
7. Lighting
Approximate percentage share of light bulbs of
each type
%
number hours per day in use
incandescent
compact fluorescent (CFL)
fluorescent
low wattage halogen
others, specify?
8. Cooking
Type of electric cooking
appliances
Quantity
How often they are used
per day (if every
day)
or per week
electric injera stove
electric hot plate
electric stove
electric oven
microwave oven
electric coffee machine
water kettle
9. Cold appliances
Quantity
refrigerator without freezer
refrigerator with freezer
refrigerator with freezing box
separate freezer
Page 255 of 257
volume in liters
age in years
10. Entertainment equipment
Quantity
No. of operating
hours per day
CRT TV (normal panel)
screen size?
LCD TV (flat panel)
screen size?
plasma TV (flat panel
screen size?
satellite receiver/terrestial digibox
video recorder
DVD player/recorder
HiFi
separate radio connected to electricity
others, specify?
When you turn off the above
appliances, do you use
remote controller (stand by)
or button of the
appliance
11. Office type appliances
Do you have following
appliances and how long they
are used per day
Quantity
No. of operating
hours per day
server
desktop PC
laptop PC
wideband internet modem
printer
scanner
others, specify
Page 256 of 257
Are they totally
switched off during
idle time
Yes
When you finish the charging of your laptop or mobile phone, do you
disconnect the charging device from the electric network?
12.Manufacturing industry
What are the main electricity using equipment and
systems in your facility (ranking 1 – 6)
-
electric motors
-
electric drives
-
machineries
-
ovens and smelting processes
-
HVAC
-
lighting
-
others, specify
13. Other electric appliances
Do you have any other electric
appliances connected to the
network?
Yes, specify?
No
Questionnaire Filled By: …………………………………………………………
(Name and Signature)
…………………………………………………………
(Date)
Page 257 of 257
No